The hand of the LORD was upon me, and He brought me out by His Spirit and set me down in the middle of the valley, and it was full of bones.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yaḏ-
                
                
                     The hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yaḏ-
         The hand 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            הָיְתָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָיְתָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·yə·ṯāh
                
                
                     was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·yə·ṯāh
         was 
    
 
        
            עָלַי֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלַי֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lay
                
                
                     upon me , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lay
         upon me , 
    
 
        
            וַיּוֹצִאֵ֤נִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיּוֹצִאֵ֤נִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·w·ṣi·’ê·nî
                
                
                     and He brought me out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·w·ṣi·’ê·nî
         and He brought me out 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     by His 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         by His 
    
 
        
            בְר֙וּחַ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְר֙וּחַ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·rū·aḥ
                
                
                     Spirit 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wind, breath, mind, spirit <BR> 1a) breath<BR> 1b) wind <BR> 1b1) of heaven <BR> 1b2) quarter (of wind), side <BR> 1b3) breath of air <BR> 1b4) air, gas <BR> 1b5) vain, empty thing <BR> 1c) spirit (as that which breathes quickly in animation or agitation) <BR> 1c1) spirit, animation, vivacity, vigour <BR> 1c2) courage <BR> 1c3) temper, anger <BR> 1c4) impatience, patience <BR> 1c5) spirit, disposition (as troubled, bitter, discontented) <BR> 1c6) disposition (of various kinds), unaccountable or uncontrollable impulse <BR> 1c7) prophetic spirit <BR> 1d) spirit (of the living, breathing being in man and animals) <BR> 1d1) as gift, preserved by God, God's spirit, departing at death, disembodied being <BR> 1e) spirit (as seat of emotion) <BR> 1e1) desire <BR> 1e2) sorrow, trouble <BR> 1f) spirit <BR> 1f1) as seat or organ of mental acts <BR> 1f2) rarely of the will <BR> 1f3) as seat especially of moral character <BR> 1g) Spirit of God, the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal, coeternal with the Father and the Son <BR> 1g1) as inspiring ecstatic state of prophecy <BR> 1g2) as impelling prophet to utter instruction or warning <BR> 1g3) imparting warlike energy and executive and administrative power <BR> 1g4) as endowing men with various gifts <BR> 1g5) as energy of life <BR> 1g6) as manifest in the Shekinah glory <BR> 1g7) never referred to as a depersonalised force 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·rū·aḥ
         Spirit 
    
 
        
            וַיְנִיחֵ֖נִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְנִיחֵ֖נִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·nî·ḥê·nî
                
                
                     and set me down 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rest <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to rest, settle down and remain <BR> 1a2) to repose, have rest, be quiet <BR> 1b) (Hiph) <BR> 1b1) to cause to rest, give rest to, make quiet <BR> 1b2) to cause to rest, cause to alight, set down <BR> 1b3) to lay or set down, deposit, let lie, place <BR> 1b4) to let remain, leave <BR> 1b5) to leave, depart from <BR> 1b6) to abandon <BR> 1b7) to permit <BR> 1c) (Hoph) <BR> 1c1) to obtain rest, be granted rest <BR> 1c2) to be left, be placed <BR> 1c3) open space (subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·nî·ḥê·nî
         and set me down 
    
 
        
            בְּת֣וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּת֣וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·wḵ
                
                
                     in the middle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·wḵ
         in the middle 
    
 
        
            הַבִּקְעָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבִּקְעָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·biq·‘āh
                
                
                     of the valley , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1237 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) valley <BR> 2) plain, level valley 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·biq·‘āh
         of the valley , 
    
 
        
            וְהִ֖יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִ֖יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hî
                
                
                     and it [was] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hî
         and it [was] 
    
 
        
            מְלֵאָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְלֵאָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·lê·’āh
                
                
                     full of 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4392 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) full, fulness, that which fills <BR> 1a) fully (adv) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·lê·’āh
         full of 
    
 
        
            עֲצָמֽוֹת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲצָמֽוֹת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ṣā·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     bones . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6106 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bone, essence, substance <BR> 1a) bone <BR> 1a1) body, limbs, members, external body<BR> 1b) bone (of animal) <BR> 1c) substance, self 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ṣā·mō·wṯ
         bones . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            He led me all around among them, and I saw a great many bones on the floor of the valley, and indeed, they were very dry.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהֶעֱבִירַ֥נִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֶעֱבִירַ֥נִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·he·‘ĕ·ḇî·ra·nî
                
                
                     He led me 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·he·‘ĕ·ḇî·ra·nî
         He led me 
    
 
        
            סָבִ֣יב׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָבִ֣יב׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·ḇîḇ
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·ḇîḇ
         all 
    
 
        
            סָבִ֑יב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָבִ֑יב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·ḇîḇ
                
                
                     around 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·ḇîḇ
         around 
    
 
        
            עֲלֵיהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֵיהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     among them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lê·hem
         among them , 
    
 
        
            וְהִנֵּ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִנֵּ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hin·nêh
                
                
                     and I saw 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hin·nêh
         and I saw 
    
 
        
            מְאֹד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְאֹד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’ōḏ
                
                
                     a great 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) exceedingly, much <BR> subst <BR> 2) might, force, abundance <BR> n m <BR> 3) muchness, force, abundance, exceedingly <BR> 3a) force, might <BR> 3b) exceedingly, greatly, very (idioms showing magnitude or degree) <BR> 3b1) exceedingly <BR> 3b2) up to abundance, to a great degree, exceedingly <BR> 3b3) with muchness, muchness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’ōḏ
         a great 
    
 
        
            רַבּ֤וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַבּ֤וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rab·bō·wṯ
                
                
                     many [bones] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7227 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) much, many, great <BR> 1a) much <BR> 1b) many <BR> 1c) abounding in <BR> 1d) more numerous than <BR> 1e) abundant, enough <BR> 1f) great <BR> 1g) strong <BR> 1h) greater than <BR> adv <BR> 1i) much, exceedingly <BR> n m <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rab·bō·wṯ
         many [bones] 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            פְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·nê
                
                
                     the floor 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·nê
         the floor 
    
 
        
            הַבִּקְעָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבִּקְעָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·biq·‘āh
                
                
                     of the valley , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1237 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) valley <BR> 2) plain, level valley 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·biq·‘āh
         of the valley , 
    
 
        
            וְהִנֵּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִנֵּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hin·nêh
                
                
                     and indeed , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hin·nêh
         and indeed , 
    
 
        
            מְאֹֽד׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְאֹֽד׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’ōḏ
                
                
                     they were very 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) exceedingly, much <BR> subst <BR> 2) might, force, abundance <BR> n m <BR> 3) muchness, force, abundance, exceedingly <BR> 3a) force, might <BR> 3b) exceedingly, greatly, very (idioms showing magnitude or degree) <BR> 3b1) exceedingly <BR> 3b2) up to abundance, to a great degree, exceedingly <BR> 3b3) with muchness, muchness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’ōḏ
         they were very 
    
 
        
            יְבֵשׁ֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְבֵשׁ֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḇê·šō·wṯ
                
                
                     dry . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3002 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dry <BR> 2) dried 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḇê·šō·wṯ
         dry . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then He asked me, “Son of man, can these bones come to life?” “O Lord GOD,” I replied, “only You know.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     Then He asked 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         Then He asked 
    
 
        
            אֵלַ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלַ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lay
                
                
                     me , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lay
         me , 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     “ Son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         “ Son 
    
 
        
            אָדָ֕ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָדָ֕ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḏām
                
                
                     of man , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        120 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, mankind <BR> 1a) man, human being <BR> 1b) man, mankind (much more frequently intended sense in OT) <BR> 1c) Adam, first man <BR> 1d) city in Jordan valley 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḏām
         of man , 
    
 
        
            הָאֵ֑לֶּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵ֑לֶּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’êl·leh
                
                
                     can these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’êl·leh
         can these 
    
 
        
            הָעֲצָמ֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֲצָמ֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ă·ṣā·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     bones 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6106 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bone, essence, substance <BR> 1a) bone <BR> 1a1) body, limbs, members, external body<BR> 1b) bone (of animal) <BR> 1c) substance, self 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ă·ṣā·mō·wṯ
         bones 
    
 
        
            הֲתִחְיֶ֖ינָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲתִחְיֶ֖ינָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·ṯiḥ·ye·nāh
                
                
                     come to life ? ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2421 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to live, have life, remain alive, sustain life, live prosperously, live for ever, be quickened, be alive, be restored to life or health <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to live <BR> 1a1a) to have life <BR> 1a1b) to continue in life, remain alive <BR> 1a1c) to sustain life, to live on or upon <BR> 1a1d) to live (prosperously) <BR> 1a2) to revive, be quickened <BR> 1a2a) from sickness <BR> 1a2b) from discouragement <BR> 1a2c) from faintness <BR> 1a2d) from death <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to preserve alive, let live <BR> 1b2) to give life <BR> 1b3) to quicken, revive, refresh <BR> 1b3a) to restore to life <BR> 1b3b) to cause to grow <BR> 1b3c) to restore <BR> 1b3d) to revive <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to preserve alive, let live <BR> 1c2) to quicken, revive <BR> 1c2a) to restore (to health) <BR> 1c2b) to revive <BR> 1c2c) to restore to life 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·ṯiḥ·ye·nāh
         come to life ? ” 
    
 
        
            אֲדֹנָ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנָ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nāy
                
                
                     “ O Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) my lord, lord <BR> 1a) of men <BR> 1b) of God <BR> 2) Lord-title, spoken in place of Yahweh in Jewish display of reverence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nāy
         “ O Lord 
    
 
        
            יְהוִ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוִ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     GOD , ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jehovah-used primarily in the combination 'Lord Jehovah' <BR> 1a) equal to H03068 but pointed with the vowels of H0430 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         GOD , ” 
    
 
        
            וָאֹמַ֕ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָאֹמַ֕ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·’ō·mar
                
                
                     I replied , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·’ō·mar
         I replied , 
    
 
        
            אַתָּ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַתָּ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’at·tāh
                
                
                     “ only You 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you (second pers. sing. masc.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’at·tāh
         “ only You 
    
 
        
            יָדָֽעְתָּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָדָֽעְתָּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏā·‘ə·tā
                
                
                     know . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏā·‘ə·tā
         know . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And He said to me, “Prophesy concerning these bones and tell them, ‘Dry bones, hear the word of the LORD!
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     And He said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         And He said 
    
 
        
            אֵלַ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלַ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lay
                
                
                     to me , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lay
         to me , 
    
 
        
            הִנָּבֵ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנָּבֵ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nā·ḇê
                
                
                     “ Prophesy 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5012 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prophesy <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to prophesy <BR> 1a1a) under influence of divine spirit <BR> 1a1b) of false prophets<BR> 1b)(Hithpael) <BR> 1b1) to prophesy <BR> 1b1a) under influence of divine spirit <BR> 1b1b) of false prophets 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nā·ḇê
         “ Prophesy 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     concerning 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         concerning 
    
 
        
            הָאֵ֑לֶּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵ֑לֶּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’êl·leh
                
                
                     these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’êl·leh
         these 
    
 
        
            הָעֲצָמ֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֲצָמ֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ă·ṣā·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     bones 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6106 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bone, essence, substance <BR> 1a) bone <BR> 1a1) body, limbs, members, external body<BR> 1b) bone (of animal) <BR> 1c) substance, self 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ă·ṣā·mō·wṯ
         bones 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַרְתָּ֣ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַרְתָּ֣ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar·tā
                
                
                     and tell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar·tā
         and tell 
    
 
        
            אֲלֵיהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲלֵיהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·lê·hem
         them , 
    
 
        
            הַיְבֵשׁ֔וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיְבֵשׁ֔וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·ḇê·šō·wṯ
                
                
                     ‘ Dry 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3002 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dry <BR> 2) dried 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·ḇê·šō·wṯ
         ‘ Dry 
    
 
        
            הָעֲצָמוֹת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֲצָמוֹת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ă·ṣā·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     bones , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6106 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bone, essence, substance <BR> 1a) bone <BR> 1a1) body, limbs, members, external body<BR> 1b) bone (of animal) <BR> 1c) substance, self 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ă·ṣā·mō·wṯ
         bones , 
    
 
        
            שִׁמְע֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁמְע֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šim·‘ū
                
                
                     hear 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8085 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to hear, listen to, obey <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to hear (perceive by ear) <BR> 1a2) to hear of or concerning <BR> 1a3) to hear (have power to hear) <BR> 1a4) to hear with attention or interest, listen to <BR> 1a5) to understand (language) <BR> 1a6) to hear (of judicial cases) <BR> 1a7) to listen, give heed <BR> 1a7a) to consent, agree <BR> 1a7b) to grant request <BR> 1a8) to listen to, yield to <BR> 1a9) to obey, be obedient <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be heard (of voice or sound) <BR> 1b2) to be heard of <BR> 1b3) to be regarded, be obeyed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to hear, call to hear, summon <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to hear, tell, proclaim, utter a sound <BR> 1d2) to sound aloud (musical term) <BR> 1d3) to make proclamation, summon <BR> 1d4) to cause to be heard <BR> n m <BR> 2) sound 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šim·‘ū
         hear 
    
 
        
            דְּבַר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּבַר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·ḇar-
                
                
                     the word 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1697 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) speech, word, speaking, thing <BR> 1a) speech <BR> 1b) saying, utterance <BR> 1c) word, words <BR> 1d) business, occupation, acts, matter, case, something, manner (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·ḇar-
         the word 
    
 
        
            יְהוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD ! 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD ! 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This is what the Lord GOD says to these bones: I will cause breath to enter you, and you will come to life.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הִנֵּ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנֵּ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לָעֲצָמ֖וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָעֲצָמ֖וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·‘ă·ṣā·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     bones : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6106 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bone, essence, substance <BR> 1a) bone <BR> 1a1) body, limbs, members, external body<BR> 1b) bone (of animal) <BR> 1c) substance, self 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·‘ă·ṣā·mō·wṯ
         bones : 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֜י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֜י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            ר֖וּחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ר֖וּחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rū·aḥ
                
                
                     will cause breath 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wind, breath, mind, spirit <BR> 1a) breath<BR> 1b) wind <BR> 1b1) of heaven <BR> 1b2) quarter (of wind), side <BR> 1b3) breath of air <BR> 1b4) air, gas <BR> 1b5) vain, empty thing <BR> 1c) spirit (as that which breathes quickly in animation or agitation) <BR> 1c1) spirit, animation, vivacity, vigour <BR> 1c2) courage <BR> 1c3) temper, anger <BR> 1c4) impatience, patience <BR> 1c5) spirit, disposition (as troubled, bitter, discontented) <BR> 1c6) disposition (of various kinds), unaccountable or uncontrollable impulse <BR> 1c7) prophetic spirit <BR> 1d) spirit (of the living, breathing being in man and animals) <BR> 1d1) as gift, preserved by God, God's spirit, departing at death, disembodied being <BR> 1e) spirit (as seat of emotion) <BR> 1e1) desire <BR> 1e2) sorrow, trouble <BR> 1f) spirit <BR> 1f1) as seat or organ of mental acts <BR> 1f2) rarely of the will <BR> 1f3) as seat especially of moral character <BR> 1g) Spirit of God, the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal, coeternal with the Father and the Son <BR> 1g1) as inspiring ecstatic state of prophecy <BR> 1g2) as impelling prophet to utter instruction or warning <BR> 1g3) imparting warlike energy and executive and administrative power <BR> 1g4) as endowing men with various gifts <BR> 1g5) as energy of life <BR> 1g6) as manifest in the Shekinah glory <BR> 1g7) never referred to as a depersonalised force 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rū·aḥ
         will cause breath 
    
 
        
            מֵבִ֥יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵבִ֥יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·ḇî
                
                
                     to enter 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·ḇî
         to enter 
    
 
        
            בָכֶ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָכֶ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·ḵem
                
                
                     you , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·ḵem
         you , 
    
 
        
            וִחְיִיתֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וִחְיִיתֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wiḥ·yî·ṯem
                
                
                     and you will come to life . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2421 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to live, have life, remain alive, sustain life, live prosperously, live for ever, be quickened, be alive, be restored to life or health <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to live <BR> 1a1a) to have life <BR> 1a1b) to continue in life, remain alive <BR> 1a1c) to sustain life, to live on or upon <BR> 1a1d) to live (prosperously) <BR> 1a2) to revive, be quickened <BR> 1a2a) from sickness <BR> 1a2b) from discouragement <BR> 1a2c) from faintness <BR> 1a2d) from death <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to preserve alive, let live <BR> 1b2) to give life <BR> 1b3) to quicken, revive, refresh <BR> 1b3a) to restore to life <BR> 1b3b) to cause to grow <BR> 1b3c) to restore <BR> 1b3d) to revive <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to preserve alive, let live <BR> 1c2) to quicken, revive <BR> 1c2a) to restore (to health) <BR> 1c2b) to revive <BR> 1c2c) to restore to life 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wiḥ·yî·ṯem
         and you will come to life . 
    
 
        
            כֹּ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōh
                
                
                     This is what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, here, in this manner <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) here, here and there<BR> 1c) until now, until now...until then, meanwhile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōh
         This is what 
    
 
        
            אֲדֹנָ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנָ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nāy
                
                
                     the Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) my lord, lord <BR> 1a) of men <BR> 1b) of God <BR> 2) Lord-title, spoken in place of Yahweh in Jewish display of reverence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nāy
         the Lord 
    
 
        
            יְהוִ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוִ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     GOD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jehovah-used primarily in the combination 'Lord Jehovah' <BR> 1a) equal to H03068 but pointed with the vowels of H0430 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         GOD 
    
 
        
            אָמַר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָמַר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mar
                
                
                     says 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mar
         says 
    
 
        
            הָאֵ֑לֶּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵ֑לֶּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’êl·leh
                
                
                     to these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’êl·leh
         to these 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I will attach tendons to you and make flesh grow upon you and cover you with skin. I will put breath within you so that you will come to life. Then you will know that I am the LORD.’”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְנָתַתִּי֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתִּי֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯat·tî
                
                
                     I will attach 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯat·tî
         I will attach 
    
 
        
            גִּדִ֜ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גִּדִ֜ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gi·ḏîm
                
                
                     tendons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1517 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sinew 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gi·ḏîm
         tendons 
    
 
        
            עֲלֵיכֶ֨ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֵיכֶ֨ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lê·ḵem
                
                
                     to you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lê·ḵem
         to you 
    
 
        
            בָּשָׂ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּשָׂ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·śār
                
                
                     and make flesh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flesh <BR> 1a) of the body <BR> 1a1) of humans <BR> 1a2) of animals <BR> 1b) the body itself <BR> 1c) male organ of generation (euphemism) <BR> 1d) kindred, blood-relations <BR> 1e) flesh as frail or erring (man against God) <BR> 1f) all living things <BR> 1g) animals <BR> 1h) mankind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·śār
         and make flesh 
    
 
        
            וְֽהַעֲלֵתִ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְֽהַעֲלֵתִ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ha·‘ă·lê·ṯî
                
                
                     grow 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ha·‘ă·lê·ṯî
         grow 
    
 
        
            עֲלֵיכֶ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֵיכֶ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lê·ḵem
                
                
                     upon you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lê·ḵem
         upon you 
    
 
        
            וְקָרַמְתִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקָרַמְתִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qā·ram·tî
                
                
                     and cover 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to spread or lay something over, cover, spread over <BR> 1a) (Qal) to be spread over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qā·ram·tî
         and cover 
    
 
        
            עֲלֵיכֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֵיכֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lê·ḵem
                
                
                     you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lê·ḵem
         you 
    
 
        
            ע֔וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ע֔וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wr
                
                
                     with skin . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5785 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) skin, hide <BR> 1a) skin (of men) <BR> 1b) hide (of animals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wr
         with skin . 
    
 
        
            וְנָתַתִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯat·tî
                
                
                     I will put 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯat·tî
         I will put 
    
 
        
            ר֖וּחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ר֖וּחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rū·aḥ
                
                
                     breath 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wind, breath, mind, spirit <BR> 1a) breath<BR> 1b) wind <BR> 1b1) of heaven <BR> 1b2) quarter (of wind), side <BR> 1b3) breath of air <BR> 1b4) air, gas <BR> 1b5) vain, empty thing <BR> 1c) spirit (as that which breathes quickly in animation or agitation) <BR> 1c1) spirit, animation, vivacity, vigour <BR> 1c2) courage <BR> 1c3) temper, anger <BR> 1c4) impatience, patience <BR> 1c5) spirit, disposition (as troubled, bitter, discontented) <BR> 1c6) disposition (of various kinds), unaccountable or uncontrollable impulse <BR> 1c7) prophetic spirit <BR> 1d) spirit (of the living, breathing being in man and animals) <BR> 1d1) as gift, preserved by God, God's spirit, departing at death, disembodied being <BR> 1e) spirit (as seat of emotion) <BR> 1e1) desire <BR> 1e2) sorrow, trouble <BR> 1f) spirit <BR> 1f1) as seat or organ of mental acts <BR> 1f2) rarely of the will <BR> 1f3) as seat especially of moral character <BR> 1g) Spirit of God, the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal, coeternal with the Father and the Son <BR> 1g1) as inspiring ecstatic state of prophecy <BR> 1g2) as impelling prophet to utter instruction or warning <BR> 1g3) imparting warlike energy and executive and administrative power <BR> 1g4) as endowing men with various gifts <BR> 1g5) as energy of life <BR> 1g6) as manifest in the Shekinah glory <BR> 1g7) never referred to as a depersonalised force 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rū·aḥ
         breath 
    
 
        
            בָכֶ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָכֶ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·ḵem
                
                
                     within you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·ḵem
         within you 
    
 
        
            וִחְיִיתֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וִחְיִיתֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wiḥ·yî·ṯem
                
                
                     so that you will come to life . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2421 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to live, have life, remain alive, sustain life, live prosperously, live for ever, be quickened, be alive, be restored to life or health <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to live <BR> 1a1a) to have life <BR> 1a1b) to continue in life, remain alive <BR> 1a1c) to sustain life, to live on or upon <BR> 1a1d) to live (prosperously) <BR> 1a2) to revive, be quickened <BR> 1a2a) from sickness <BR> 1a2b) from discouragement <BR> 1a2c) from faintness <BR> 1a2d) from death <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to preserve alive, let live <BR> 1b2) to give life <BR> 1b3) to quicken, revive, refresh <BR> 1b3a) to restore to life <BR> 1b3b) to cause to grow <BR> 1b3c) to restore <BR> 1b3d) to revive <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to preserve alive, let live <BR> 1c2) to quicken, revive <BR> 1c2a) to restore (to health) <BR> 1c2b) to revive <BR> 1c2c) to restore to life 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wiḥ·yî·ṯem
         so that you will come to life . 
    
 
        
            וִידַעְתֶּ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וִידַעְתֶּ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wî·ḏa‘·tem
                
                
                     Then you will know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wî·ḏa‘·tem
         Then you will know 
    
 
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         that 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            יְהוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     am the LORD . ’” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         am the LORD . ’” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So I prophesied as I had been commanded. And as I prophesied, there was suddenly a noise, a rattling, and the bones came together, bone to bone.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְנִבֵּ֖אתִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנִבֵּ֖אתִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nib·bê·ṯî
                
                
                     So I prophesied 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5012 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prophesy <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to prophesy <BR> 1a1a) under influence of divine spirit <BR> 1a1b) of false prophets<BR> 1b)(Hithpael) <BR> 1b1) to prophesy <BR> 1b1a) under influence of divine spirit <BR> 1b1b) of false prophets 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nib·bê·ṯî
         So I prophesied 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         as 
    
 
        
            צֻוֵּ֑יתִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צֻוֵּ֑יתִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣuw·wê·ṯî
                
                
                     I had been commanded . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Pual - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣuw·wê·ṯî
         I had been commanded . 
    
 
        
            כְּהִנָּֽבְאִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּהִנָּֽבְאִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·hin·nā·ḇə·’î
                
                
                     And as I prophesied , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Verb - Nifal - Infinitive construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5012 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prophesy <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to prophesy <BR> 1a1a) under influence of divine spirit <BR> 1a1b) of false prophets<BR> 1b)(Hithpael) <BR> 1b1) to prophesy <BR> 1b1a) under influence of divine spirit <BR> 1b1b) of false prophets 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·hin·nā·ḇə·’î
         And as I prophesied , 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     there was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         there was 
    
 
        
            וְהִנֵּה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִנֵּה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hin·nêh-
                
                
                     suddenly 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hin·nêh-
         suddenly 
    
 
        
            ק֤וֹל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ק֤וֹל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qō·wl
                
                
                     a noise , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6963 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) voice, sound, noise <BR> 1a) voice <BR> 1b) sound (of instrument) <BR> 2) lightness, frivolity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qō·wl
         a noise , 
    
 
        
            רַ֔עַשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַ֔עַשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ra·‘aš
                
                
                     a rattling , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7494 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) quaking, rattling, shaking <BR> 1a) earthquake <BR> 1b) quaking, trembling (of person) <BR> 1c) shaking, quivering (of dart) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ra·‘aš
         a rattling , 
    
 
        
            עֲצָמ֔וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲצָמ֔וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ṣā·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     and the bones 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6106 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bone, essence, substance <BR> 1a) bone <BR> 1a1) body, limbs, members, external body<BR> 1b) bone (of animal) <BR> 1c) substance, self 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ṣā·mō·wṯ
         and the bones 
    
 
        
            וַתִּקְרְב֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַתִּקְרְב֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wat·tiq·rə·ḇū
                
                
                     came together , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7126 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come near, approach, enter into, draw near <BR> 1a) (Qal) to approach, draw near <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be brought near <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to approach, bring near, cause to draw near <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to bring near, bring, present 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wat·tiq·rə·ḇū
         came together , 
    
 
        
            עֶ֖צֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶ֖צֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘e·ṣem
                
                
                     bone 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6106 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bone, essence, substance <BR> 1a) bone <BR> 1a1) body, limbs, members, external body<BR> 1b) bone (of animal) <BR> 1c) substance, self 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘e·ṣem
         bone 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            עַצְמֽוֹ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַצְמֽוֹ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aṣ·mōw
                
                
                     bone . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6106 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bone, essence, substance <BR> 1a) bone <BR> 1a1) body, limbs, members, external body<BR> 1b) bone (of animal) <BR> 1c) substance, self 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aṣ·mōw
         bone . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            As I looked on, tendons appeared on them, flesh grew, and skin covered them; but there was no breath in them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְרָאִ֜יתִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרָאִ֜יתִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·rā·’î·ṯî
                
                
                     As I looked on , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·rā·’î·ṯî
         As I looked on , 
    
 
        
            גִּדִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גִּדִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gi·ḏîm
                
                
                     tendons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1517 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sinew 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gi·ḏîm
         tendons 
    
 
        
            וְהִנֵּֽה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִנֵּֽה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hin·nêh-
                
                
                     appeared 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hin·nêh-
         appeared 
    
 
        
            עֲלֵיהֶ֤ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֵיהֶ֤ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     on them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lê·hem
         on them , 
    
 
        
            וּבָשָׂ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָשָׂ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇā·śār
                
                
                     flesh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flesh <BR> 1a) of the body <BR> 1a1) of humans <BR> 1a2) of animals <BR> 1b) the body itself <BR> 1c) male organ of generation (euphemism) <BR> 1d) kindred, blood-relations <BR> 1e) flesh as frail or erring (man against God) <BR> 1f) all living things <BR> 1g) animals <BR> 1h) mankind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇā·śār
         flesh 
    
 
        
            עָלָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lāh
                
                
                     grew , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lāh
         grew , 
    
 
        
            ע֖וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ע֖וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wr
                
                
                     and skin 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5785 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) skin, hide <BR> 1a) skin (of men) <BR> 1b) hide (of animals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wr
         and skin 
    
 
        
            מִלְמָ֑עְלָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְמָ֑עְלָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·mā·‘ə·lāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m, Preposition-l | Adverb | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) higher part, upper part <BR> adv <BR> 1a) above <BR> prep <BR> 1b) on the top of, above, on higher ground than <BR> with locative <BR> 1c) upwards, higher, above 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·mā·‘ə·lāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיִּקְרַ֧ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּקְרַ֧ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiq·ram
                
                
                     covered them ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to spread or lay something over, cover, spread over <BR> 1a) (Qal) to be spread over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiq·ram
         covered them ; 
    
 
        
            עֲלֵיהֶ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֵיהֶ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lê·hem
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֵ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ên
                
                
                     but there was no 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        369 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nothing, not, nought n <BR> 1a) nothing, nought neg <BR> 1b) not <BR> 1c) to have not (of possession) adv <BR> 1d) without w/prep <BR> 1e) for lack of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ên
         but there was no 
    
 
        
            וְר֖וּחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְר֖וּחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·rū·aḥ
                
                
                     breath 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wind, breath, mind, spirit <BR> 1a) breath<BR> 1b) wind <BR> 1b1) of heaven <BR> 1b2) quarter (of wind), side <BR> 1b3) breath of air <BR> 1b4) air, gas <BR> 1b5) vain, empty thing <BR> 1c) spirit (as that which breathes quickly in animation or agitation) <BR> 1c1) spirit, animation, vivacity, vigour <BR> 1c2) courage <BR> 1c3) temper, anger <BR> 1c4) impatience, patience <BR> 1c5) spirit, disposition (as troubled, bitter, discontented) <BR> 1c6) disposition (of various kinds), unaccountable or uncontrollable impulse <BR> 1c7) prophetic spirit <BR> 1d) spirit (of the living, breathing being in man and animals) <BR> 1d1) as gift, preserved by God, God's spirit, departing at death, disembodied being <BR> 1e) spirit (as seat of emotion) <BR> 1e1) desire <BR> 1e2) sorrow, trouble <BR> 1f) spirit <BR> 1f1) as seat or organ of mental acts <BR> 1f2) rarely of the will <BR> 1f3) as seat especially of moral character <BR> 1g) Spirit of God, the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal, coeternal with the Father and the Son <BR> 1g1) as inspiring ecstatic state of prophecy <BR> 1g2) as impelling prophet to utter instruction or warning <BR> 1g3) imparting warlike energy and executive and administrative power <BR> 1g4) as endowing men with various gifts <BR> 1g5) as energy of life <BR> 1g6) as manifest in the Shekinah glory <BR> 1g7) never referred to as a depersonalised force 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·rū·aḥ
         breath 
    
 
        
            בָּהֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּהֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·hem
                
                
                     in them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·hem
         in them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then He said to me, “Prophesy to the breath; prophesy, son of man, and tell the breath that this is what the Lord GOD says: Come from the four winds, O breath, and breathe into these slain, so that they may live!”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     Then He said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         Then He said 
    
 
        
            אֵלַ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלַ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lay
                
                
                     to me , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lay
         to me , 
    
 
        
            הִנָּבֵ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנָּבֵ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nā·ḇê
                
                
                     “ Prophesy 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5012 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prophesy <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to prophesy <BR> 1a1a) under influence of divine spirit <BR> 1a1b) of false prophets<BR> 1b)(Hithpael) <BR> 1b1) to prophesy <BR> 1b1a) under influence of divine spirit <BR> 1b1b) of false prophets 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nā·ḇê
         “ Prophesy 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            הָר֑וּחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָר֑וּחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rū·aḥ
                
                
                     the breath ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wind, breath, mind, spirit <BR> 1a) breath<BR> 1b) wind <BR> 1b1) of heaven <BR> 1b2) quarter (of wind), side <BR> 1b3) breath of air <BR> 1b4) air, gas <BR> 1b5) vain, empty thing <BR> 1c) spirit (as that which breathes quickly in animation or agitation) <BR> 1c1) spirit, animation, vivacity, vigour <BR> 1c2) courage <BR> 1c3) temper, anger <BR> 1c4) impatience, patience <BR> 1c5) spirit, disposition (as troubled, bitter, discontented) <BR> 1c6) disposition (of various kinds), unaccountable or uncontrollable impulse <BR> 1c7) prophetic spirit <BR> 1d) spirit (of the living, breathing being in man and animals) <BR> 1d1) as gift, preserved by God, God's spirit, departing at death, disembodied being <BR> 1e) spirit (as seat of emotion) <BR> 1e1) desire <BR> 1e2) sorrow, trouble <BR> 1f) spirit <BR> 1f1) as seat or organ of mental acts <BR> 1f2) rarely of the will <BR> 1f3) as seat especially of moral character <BR> 1g) Spirit of God, the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal, coeternal with the Father and the Son <BR> 1g1) as inspiring ecstatic state of prophecy <BR> 1g2) as impelling prophet to utter instruction or warning <BR> 1g3) imparting warlike energy and executive and administrative power <BR> 1g4) as endowing men with various gifts <BR> 1g5) as energy of life <BR> 1g6) as manifest in the Shekinah glory <BR> 1g7) never referred to as a depersonalised force 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rū·aḥ
         the breath ; 
    
 
        
            הִנָּבֵ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנָּבֵ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nā·ḇê
                
                
                     prophesy , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5012 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prophesy <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to prophesy <BR> 1a1a) under influence of divine spirit <BR> 1a1b) of false prophets<BR> 1b)(Hithpael) <BR> 1b1) to prophesy <BR> 1b1a) under influence of divine spirit <BR> 1b1b) of false prophets 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nā·ḇê
         prophesy , 
    
 
        
            בֶן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇen-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇen-
         son 
    
 
        
            אָ֠דָם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָ֠דָם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḏām
                
                
                     of man , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        120 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, mankind <BR> 1a) man, human being <BR> 1b) man, mankind (much more frequently intended sense in OT) <BR> 1c) Adam, first man <BR> 1d) city in Jordan valley 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḏām
         of man , 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַרְתָּ֨ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַרְתָּ֨ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar·tā
                
                
                     and tell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar·tā
         and tell 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הָר֜וּחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָר֜וּחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rū·aḥ
                
                
                     the breath 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wind, breath, mind, spirit <BR> 1a) breath<BR> 1b) wind <BR> 1b1) of heaven <BR> 1b2) quarter (of wind), side <BR> 1b3) breath of air <BR> 1b4) air, gas <BR> 1b5) vain, empty thing <BR> 1c) spirit (as that which breathes quickly in animation or agitation) <BR> 1c1) spirit, animation, vivacity, vigour <BR> 1c2) courage <BR> 1c3) temper, anger <BR> 1c4) impatience, patience <BR> 1c5) spirit, disposition (as troubled, bitter, discontented) <BR> 1c6) disposition (of various kinds), unaccountable or uncontrollable impulse <BR> 1c7) prophetic spirit <BR> 1d) spirit (of the living, breathing being in man and animals) <BR> 1d1) as gift, preserved by God, God's spirit, departing at death, disembodied being <BR> 1e) spirit (as seat of emotion) <BR> 1e1) desire <BR> 1e2) sorrow, trouble <BR> 1f) spirit <BR> 1f1) as seat or organ of mental acts <BR> 1f2) rarely of the will <BR> 1f3) as seat especially of moral character <BR> 1g) Spirit of God, the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal, coeternal with the Father and the Son <BR> 1g1) as inspiring ecstatic state of prophecy <BR> 1g2) as impelling prophet to utter instruction or warning <BR> 1g3) imparting warlike energy and executive and administrative power <BR> 1g4) as endowing men with various gifts <BR> 1g5) as energy of life <BR> 1g6) as manifest in the Shekinah glory <BR> 1g7) never referred to as a depersonalised force 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rū·aḥ
         the breath 
    
 
        
            כֹּֽה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּֽה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōh-
                
                
                     that this is what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, here, in this manner <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) here, here and there<BR> 1c) until now, until now...until then, meanwhile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōh-
         that this is what 
    
 
        
            אֲדֹנָ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנָ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nāy
                
                
                     the Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) my lord, lord <BR> 1a) of men <BR> 1b) of God <BR> 2) Lord-title, spoken in place of Yahweh in Jewish display of reverence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nāy
         the Lord 
    
 
        
            יְהוִ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוִ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     GOD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jehovah-used primarily in the combination 'Lord Jehovah' <BR> 1a) equal to H03068 but pointed with the vowels of H0430 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         GOD 
    
 
        
            אָמַ֣ר׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָמַ֣ר׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mar
                
                
                     says : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mar
         says : 
    
 
        
            בֹּ֣אִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֹּ֣אִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bō·’î
                
                
                     Come 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bō·’î
         Come 
    
 
        
            מֵאַרְבַּ֤ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאַרְבַּ֤ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’ar·ba‘
                
                
                     from the four 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Number - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’ar·ba‘
         from the four 
    
 
        
            הָר֔וּחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָר֔וּחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rū·aḥ
                
                
                     winds , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wind, breath, mind, spirit <BR> 1a) breath<BR> 1b) wind <BR> 1b1) of heaven <BR> 1b2) quarter (of wind), side <BR> 1b3) breath of air <BR> 1b4) air, gas <BR> 1b5) vain, empty thing <BR> 1c) spirit (as that which breathes quickly in animation or agitation) <BR> 1c1) spirit, animation, vivacity, vigour <BR> 1c2) courage <BR> 1c3) temper, anger <BR> 1c4) impatience, patience <BR> 1c5) spirit, disposition (as troubled, bitter, discontented) <BR> 1c6) disposition (of various kinds), unaccountable or uncontrollable impulse <BR> 1c7) prophetic spirit <BR> 1d) spirit (of the living, breathing being in man and animals) <BR> 1d1) as gift, preserved by God, God's spirit, departing at death, disembodied being <BR> 1e) spirit (as seat of emotion) <BR> 1e1) desire <BR> 1e2) sorrow, trouble <BR> 1f) spirit <BR> 1f1) as seat or organ of mental acts <BR> 1f2) rarely of the will <BR> 1f3) as seat especially of moral character <BR> 1g) Spirit of God, the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal, coeternal with the Father and the Son <BR> 1g1) as inspiring ecstatic state of prophecy <BR> 1g2) as impelling prophet to utter instruction or warning <BR> 1g3) imparting warlike energy and executive and administrative power <BR> 1g4) as endowing men with various gifts <BR> 1g5) as energy of life <BR> 1g6) as manifest in the Shekinah glory <BR> 1g7) never referred to as a depersonalised force 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rū·aḥ
         winds , 
    
 
        
            רוּחוֹת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רוּחוֹת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rū·ḥō·wṯ
                
                
                     O breath , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wind, breath, mind, spirit <BR> 1a) breath<BR> 1b) wind <BR> 1b1) of heaven <BR> 1b2) quarter (of wind), side <BR> 1b3) breath of air <BR> 1b4) air, gas <BR> 1b5) vain, empty thing <BR> 1c) spirit (as that which breathes quickly in animation or agitation) <BR> 1c1) spirit, animation, vivacity, vigour <BR> 1c2) courage <BR> 1c3) temper, anger <BR> 1c4) impatience, patience <BR> 1c5) spirit, disposition (as troubled, bitter, discontented) <BR> 1c6) disposition (of various kinds), unaccountable or uncontrollable impulse <BR> 1c7) prophetic spirit <BR> 1d) spirit (of the living, breathing being in man and animals) <BR> 1d1) as gift, preserved by God, God's spirit, departing at death, disembodied being <BR> 1e) spirit (as seat of emotion) <BR> 1e1) desire <BR> 1e2) sorrow, trouble <BR> 1f) spirit <BR> 1f1) as seat or organ of mental acts <BR> 1f2) rarely of the will <BR> 1f3) as seat especially of moral character <BR> 1g) Spirit of God, the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal, coeternal with the Father and the Son <BR> 1g1) as inspiring ecstatic state of prophecy <BR> 1g2) as impelling prophet to utter instruction or warning <BR> 1g3) imparting warlike energy and executive and administrative power <BR> 1g4) as endowing men with various gifts <BR> 1g5) as energy of life <BR> 1g6) as manifest in the Shekinah glory <BR> 1g7) never referred to as a depersonalised force 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rū·ḥō·wṯ
         O breath , 
    
 
        
            וּפְחִ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפְחִ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄ə·ḥî
                
                
                     and breathe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5301 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to breathe, blow, sniff at, seethe, give up or lose (life) <BR> 1a) (Qal) to breathe, blow <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be blown <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to cause to breathe out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄ə·ḥî
         and breathe 
    
 
        
            הָאֵ֖לֶּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵ֖לֶּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’êl·leh
                
                
                     into these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’êl·leh
         into these 
    
 
        
            בַּהֲרוּגִ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּהֲרוּגִ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·hă·rū·ḡîm
                
                
                     slain , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2026 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to kill, slay, murder, destroy, murderer, slayer, out of hand <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to kill, slay <BR> 1a2) to destroy, ruin <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be killed <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be killed, be slain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·hă·rū·ḡîm
         slain , 
    
 
        
            וְיִֽחְיֽוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיִֽחְיֽוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yiḥ·yū
                
                
                     so that they may live ! ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2421 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to live, have life, remain alive, sustain life, live prosperously, live for ever, be quickened, be alive, be restored to life or health <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to live <BR> 1a1a) to have life <BR> 1a1b) to continue in life, remain alive <BR> 1a1c) to sustain life, to live on or upon <BR> 1a1d) to live (prosperously) <BR> 1a2) to revive, be quickened <BR> 1a2a) from sickness <BR> 1a2b) from discouragement <BR> 1a2c) from faintness <BR> 1a2d) from death <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to preserve alive, let live <BR> 1b2) to give life <BR> 1b3) to quicken, revive, refresh <BR> 1b3a) to restore to life <BR> 1b3b) to cause to grow <BR> 1b3c) to restore <BR> 1b3d) to revive <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to preserve alive, let live <BR> 1c2) to quicken, revive <BR> 1c2a) to restore (to health) <BR> 1c2b) to revive <BR> 1c2c) to restore to life 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yiḥ·yū
         so that they may live ! ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So I prophesied as He had commanded me, and the breath entered them, and they came to life and stood on their feet—a vast army.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהִנַּבֵּ֖אתִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִנַּבֵּ֖אתִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hin·nab·bê·ṯî
                
                
                     So I prophesied 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hitpael - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5012 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prophesy <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to prophesy <BR> 1a1a) under influence of divine spirit <BR> 1a1b) of false prophets<BR> 1b)(Hithpael) <BR> 1b1) to prophesy <BR> 1b1a) under influence of divine spirit <BR> 1b1b) of false prophets 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hin·nab·bê·ṯî
         So I prophesied 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         as 
    
 
        
            צִוָּ֑נִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִוָּ֑נִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣiw·wā·nî
                
                
                     He had commanded me , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣiw·wā·nî
         He had commanded me , 
    
 
        
            הָר֜וּחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָר֜וּחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rū·aḥ
                
                
                     and the breath 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wind, breath, mind, spirit <BR> 1a) breath<BR> 1b) wind <BR> 1b1) of heaven <BR> 1b2) quarter (of wind), side <BR> 1b3) breath of air <BR> 1b4) air, gas <BR> 1b5) vain, empty thing <BR> 1c) spirit (as that which breathes quickly in animation or agitation) <BR> 1c1) spirit, animation, vivacity, vigour <BR> 1c2) courage <BR> 1c3) temper, anger <BR> 1c4) impatience, patience <BR> 1c5) spirit, disposition (as troubled, bitter, discontented) <BR> 1c6) disposition (of various kinds), unaccountable or uncontrollable impulse <BR> 1c7) prophetic spirit <BR> 1d) spirit (of the living, breathing being in man and animals) <BR> 1d1) as gift, preserved by God, God's spirit, departing at death, disembodied being <BR> 1e) spirit (as seat of emotion) <BR> 1e1) desire <BR> 1e2) sorrow, trouble <BR> 1f) spirit <BR> 1f1) as seat or organ of mental acts <BR> 1f2) rarely of the will <BR> 1f3) as seat especially of moral character <BR> 1g) Spirit of God, the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal, coeternal with the Father and the Son <BR> 1g1) as inspiring ecstatic state of prophecy <BR> 1g2) as impelling prophet to utter instruction or warning <BR> 1g3) imparting warlike energy and executive and administrative power <BR> 1g4) as endowing men with various gifts <BR> 1g5) as energy of life <BR> 1g6) as manifest in the Shekinah glory <BR> 1g7) never referred to as a depersonalised force 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rū·aḥ
         and the breath 
    
 
        
            וַתָּבוֹא֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַתָּבוֹא֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wat·tā·ḇō·w
                
                
                     entered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wat·tā·ḇō·w
         entered 
    
 
        
            בָהֶ֨ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָהֶ֨ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·hem
                
                
                     them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·hem
         them , 
    
 
        
            וַיִּֽחְי֗וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּֽחְי֗וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiḥ·yū
                
                
                     and they came to life 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2421 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to live, have life, remain alive, sustain life, live prosperously, live for ever, be quickened, be alive, be restored to life or health <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to live <BR> 1a1a) to have life <BR> 1a1b) to continue in life, remain alive <BR> 1a1c) to sustain life, to live on or upon <BR> 1a1d) to live (prosperously) <BR> 1a2) to revive, be quickened <BR> 1a2a) from sickness <BR> 1a2b) from discouragement <BR> 1a2c) from faintness <BR> 1a2d) from death <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to preserve alive, let live <BR> 1b2) to give life <BR> 1b3) to quicken, revive, refresh <BR> 1b3a) to restore to life <BR> 1b3b) to cause to grow <BR> 1b3c) to restore <BR> 1b3d) to revive <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to preserve alive, let live <BR> 1c2) to quicken, revive <BR> 1c2a) to restore (to health) <BR> 1c2b) to revive <BR> 1c2c) to restore to life 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiḥ·yū
         and they came to life 
    
 
        
            וַיַּֽעַמְדוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּֽעַמְדוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘am·ḏū
                
                
                     and stood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stand, remain, endure, take one's stand <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stand, take one's stand, be in a standing attitude, stand forth, take a stand, present oneself, attend upon, be or become servant of <BR> 1a2) to stand still, stop (moving or doing), cease <BR> 1a3) to tarry, delay, remain, continue, abide, endure, persist, be steadfast <BR> 1a4) to make a stand, hold one's ground <BR> 1a5) to stand upright, remain standing, stand up, rise, be erect, be upright <BR> 1a6) to arise, appear, come on the scene, stand forth, appear, rise up or against <BR> 1a7) to stand with, take one's stand, be appointed, grow flat, grow insipid <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to station, set <BR> 1b2) to cause to stand firm, maintain <BR> 1b3) to cause to stand up, cause to set up, erect <BR> 1b4) to present (one) before (king) <BR> 1b5) to appoint, ordain, establish <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be presented, be caused to stand, be stood before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘am·ḏū
         and stood 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            רַגְלֵיהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַגְלֵיהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḡ·lê·hem
                
                
                     their feet — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine dual construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foot <BR> 1a) foot, leg <BR> 1b) of God (anthropomorphic) <BR> 1c) of seraphim, cherubim, idols, animals, table <BR> 1d) according to the pace of (with prep) <BR> 1e) three times (feet, paces) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḡ·lê·hem
         their feet — 
    
 
        
            גָּד֥וֹל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָּד֥וֹל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gā·ḏō·wl
                
                
                     a vast 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1419 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) large (in magnitude and extent) <BR> 1b) in number <BR> 1c) in intensity <BR> 1d) loud (in sound) <BR> 1e) older (in age) <BR> 1f) in importance <BR> 1f1) important things <BR> 1f2) great, distinguished (of men) <BR> 1f3) God Himself (of God) <BR> subst <BR> 1g) great things <BR> 1h) haughty things <BR> 1i) greatness <BR> n pr m <BR> 1j) (CLBL) Haggedolim, the great man?, father of Zabdiel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gā·ḏō·wl
         a vast 
    
 
        
            מְאֹד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְאֹד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’ōḏ-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) exceedingly, much <BR> subst <BR> 2) might, force, abundance <BR> n m <BR> 3) muchness, force, abundance, exceedingly <BR> 3a) force, might <BR> 3b) exceedingly, greatly, very (idioms showing magnitude or degree) <BR> 3b1) exceedingly <BR> 3b2) up to abundance, to a great degree, exceedingly <BR> 3b3) with muchness, muchness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’ōḏ-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מְאֹֽד׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְאֹֽד׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’ōḏ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) exceedingly, much <BR> subst <BR> 2) might, force, abundance <BR> n m <BR> 3) muchness, force, abundance, exceedingly <BR> 3a) force, might <BR> 3b) exceedingly, greatly, very (idioms showing magnitude or degree) <BR> 3b1) exceedingly <BR> 3b2) up to abundance, to a great degree, exceedingly <BR> 3b3) with muchness, muchness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’ōḏ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            חַ֖יִל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַ֖יִל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥa·yil
                
                
                     army . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) strength, might, efficiency, wealth, army <BR> 1a) strength <BR> 1b) ability, efficiency <BR> 1c) wealth <BR> 1d) force, army 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥa·yil
         army . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then He said to me, “Son of man, these bones are the whole house of Israel. Look, they are saying, ‘Our bones are dried up, and our hope has perished; we are cut off.’
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיֹּאמֶר֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּאמֶר֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     Then He said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         Then He said 
    
 
        
            אֵלַי֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלַי֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lay
                
                
                     to me , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lay
         to me , 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     “ Son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         “ Son 
    
 
        
            אָדָ֕ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָדָ֕ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḏām
                
                
                     of man , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        120 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, mankind <BR> 1a) man, human being <BR> 1b) man, mankind (much more frequently intended sense in OT) <BR> 1c) Adam, first man <BR> 1d) city in Jordan valley 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḏām
         of man , 
    
 
        
            הָאֵ֔לֶּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵ֔לֶּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’êl·leh
                
                
                     these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’êl·leh
         these 
    
 
        
            הָעֲצָמ֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֲצָמ֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ă·ṣā·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     bones 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6106 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bone, essence, substance <BR> 1a) bone <BR> 1a1) body, limbs, members, external body<BR> 1b) bone (of animal) <BR> 1c) substance, self 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ă·ṣā·mō·wṯ
         bones 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     are the whole 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         are the whole 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֥ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֥ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ
                
                
                     house 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ
         house 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel . 
    
 
        
            הִנֵּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנֵּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nêh
                
                
                     Look , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nêh
         Look , 
    
 
        
            הֵ֑מָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵ֑מָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hêm·māh
                
                
                     they 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) they, these, the same, who 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hêm·māh
         they 
    
 
        
            אֹמְרִ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹמְרִ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·mə·rîm
                
                
                     are saying , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·mə·rîm
         are saying , 
    
 
        
            עַצְמוֹתֵ֛ינוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַצְמוֹתֵ֛ינוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aṣ·mō·w·ṯê·nū
                
                
                     ‘ Our bones 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6106 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bone, essence, substance <BR> 1a) bone <BR> 1a1) body, limbs, members, external body<BR> 1b) bone (of animal) <BR> 1c) substance, self 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aṣ·mō·w·ṯê·nū
         ‘ Our bones 
    
 
        
            יָבְשׁ֧וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָבְשׁ֧וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḇə·šū
                
                
                     are dried up , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3001 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make dry, wither, be dry, become dry, be dried up, be withered <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be dry, be dried up, be without moisture <BR> 1a2) to be dried up <BR> 1b) (Piel) to make dry, dry up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to dry up, make dry <BR> 1c1a) to dry up (water) <BR> 1c1b) to make dry, wither <BR> 1c1c) to exhibit dryness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḇə·šū
         are dried up , 
    
 
        
            תִקְוָתֵ֖נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִקְוָתֵ֖נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯiq·wā·ṯê·nū
                
                
                     and our hope 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8615 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cord <BR> 2) hope, expectation <BR> 2a) hope <BR> 2b) ground of hope <BR> 2c) things hoped for, outcome 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯiq·wā·ṯê·nū
         and our hope 
    
 
        
            וְאָבְדָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָבְדָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·ḇə·ḏāh
                
                
                     has perished ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perish, vanish, go astray, be destroyed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) perish, die, be exterminated <BR> 1a2) perish, vanish (fig.) <BR> 1a3) be lost, strayed <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to destroy, kill, cause to perish, to give up (as lost), exterminate <BR> 1b2) to blot out, do away with, cause to vanish, (fig.) <BR> 1b3) cause to stray, lose <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to destroy, put to death <BR> 1c1a) of divine judgment <BR> 1c2) object name of kings (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·ḇə·ḏāh
         has perished ; 
    
 
        
            נִגְזַ֥רְנוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִגְזַ֥רְנוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niḡ·zar·nū
                
                
                     we are cut off 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1504 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cut, divide, cut down, cut off, cut in two, snatch, decree <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to cut in two, divide <BR> 1a2) to cut down <BR> 1a3) to cut off, destroy, exterminate <BR> 1a4) to decree <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be cut off, separated, excluded <BR> 1b2) to be destroyed, cut off <BR> 1b3) to be decreed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niḡ·zar·nū
         we are cut off 
    
 
        
            לָֽנוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָֽנוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·nū
                
                
                     . ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·nū
         . ’ 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Therefore prophesy and tell them that this is what the Lord GOD says: ‘O My people, I will open your graves and bring you up from them, and I will bring you back to the land of Israel.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לָכֵן֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֵן֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵên
                
                
                     Therefore 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵên
         Therefore 
    
 
        
            הִנָּבֵ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנָּבֵ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nā·ḇê
                
                
                     prophesy 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5012 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prophesy <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to prophesy <BR> 1a1a) under influence of divine spirit <BR> 1a1b) of false prophets<BR> 1b)(Hithpael) <BR> 1b1) to prophesy <BR> 1b1a) under influence of divine spirit <BR> 1b1b) of false prophets 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nā·ḇê
         prophesy 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַרְתָּ֜ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַרְתָּ֜ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar·tā
                
                
                     and tell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar·tā
         and tell 
    
 
        
            אֲלֵיהֶ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲלֵיהֶ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·lê·hem
         them 
    
 
        
            כֹּֽה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּֽה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōh-
                
                
                     that this is what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, here, in this manner <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) here, here and there<BR> 1c) until now, until now...until then, meanwhile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōh-
         that this is what 
    
 
        
            אֲדֹנָ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנָ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nāy
                
                
                     the Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) my lord, lord <BR> 1a) of men <BR> 1b) of God <BR> 2) Lord-title, spoken in place of Yahweh in Jewish display of reverence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nāy
         the Lord 
    
 
        
            יְהוִה֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוִה֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     GOD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jehovah-used primarily in the combination 'Lord Jehovah' <BR> 1a) equal to H03068 but pointed with the vowels of H0430 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         GOD 
    
 
        
            אָמַר֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָמַר֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mar
                
                
                     says : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mar
         says : 
    
 
        
            הִנֵּה֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנֵּה֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nêh
                
                
                     ‘ O 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nêh
         ‘ O 
    
 
        
            עַמִּ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַמִּ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·mî
                
                
                     My people , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·mî
         My people , 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            פֹתֵ֜חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פֹתֵ֜חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ō·ṯê·aḥ
                
                
                     will open 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to open <BR> 1a) (Qal) to open <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be opened, be let loose, be thrown open <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to free <BR> 1c2) to loosen <BR> 1c3) to open, open oneself <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to loose oneself <BR> 2) to carve, engrave <BR> 2a) (Piel) to engrave <BR> 2b) (Pual) to be engraved 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ō·ṯê·aḥ
         will open 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            קִבְרֽוֹתֵיכֶ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קִבְרֽוֹתֵיכֶ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qiḇ·rō·w·ṯê·ḵem
                
                
                     your graves 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6913 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) grave, sepulchre, tomb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qiḇ·rō·w·ṯê·ḵem
         your graves 
    
 
        
            וְהַעֲלֵיתִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַעֲלֵיתִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ha·‘ă·lê·ṯî
                
                
                     and bring you up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ha·‘ă·lê·ṯî
         and bring you up 
    
 
        
            אֶתְכֶ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶתְכֶ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ·ḵem
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ·ḵem
         from 
    
 
        
            מִקִּבְרוֹתֵיכֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקִּבְרוֹתֵיכֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·qiḇ·rō·w·ṯê·ḵem
                
                
                     them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6913 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) grave, sepulchre, tomb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·qiḇ·rō·w·ṯê·ḵem
         them , 
    
 
        
            וְהֵבֵאתִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֵבֵאתִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hê·ḇê·ṯî
                
                
                     and I will bring you back 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hê·ḇê·ṯî
         and I will bring you back 
    
 
        
            אֶתְכֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶתְכֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ·ḵem
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ·ḵem
         - 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            אַדְמַ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַדְמַ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aḏ·maṯ
                
                
                     the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        127 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ground, land <BR> 1a) ground (as general, tilled, yielding sustenance) <BR> 1b) piece of ground, a specific plot of land <BR> 1c) earth substance (for building or constructing) <BR> 1d) ground as earth's visible surface <BR> 1e) land, territory, country <BR> 1f) whole inhabited earth <BR> 1g) city in Naphtali 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aḏ·maṯ
         the land 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then you, My people, will know that I am the LORD, when I open your graves and bring you up from them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עַמִּֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַמִּֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·mî
                
                
                     Then you, My people , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·mî
         Then you, My people , 
    
 
        
            וִֽידַעְתֶּ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וִֽידַעְתֶּ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wî·ḏa‘·tem
                
                
                     will know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wî·ḏa‘·tem
         will know 
    
 
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         that 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     am the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         am the LORD , 
    
 
        
            בְּפִתְחִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּפִתְחִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·p̄iṯ·ḥî
                
                
                     when I open 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to open <BR> 1a) (Qal) to open <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be opened, be let loose, be thrown open <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to free <BR> 1c2) to loosen <BR> 1c3) to open, open oneself <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to loose oneself <BR> 2) to carve, engrave <BR> 2a) (Piel) to engrave <BR> 2b) (Pual) to be engraved 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·p̄iṯ·ḥî
         when I open 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            קִבְרֽוֹתֵיכֶ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קִבְרֽוֹתֵיכֶ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qiḇ·rō·w·ṯê·ḵem
                
                
                     your graves 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6913 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) grave, sepulchre, tomb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qiḇ·rō·w·ṯê·ḵem
         your graves 
    
 
        
            וּבְהַעֲלוֹתִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְהַעֲלוֹתִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·ha·‘ă·lō·w·ṯî
                
                
                     and bring you up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·ha·‘ă·lō·w·ṯî
         and bring you up 
    
 
        
            אֶתְכֶ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶתְכֶ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ·ḵem
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ·ḵem
         - 
    
 
        
            מִקִּבְרוֹתֵיכֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקִּבְרוֹתֵיכֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·qiḇ·rō·w·ṯê·ḵem
                
                
                     from them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6913 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) grave, sepulchre, tomb 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·qiḇ·rō·w·ṯê·ḵem
         from them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I will put My Spirit in you and you will live, and I will settle you in your own land. Then you will know that I, the LORD, have spoken, and I will do it, declares the LORD.’”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְנָתַתִּ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתִּ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯat·tî
                
                
                     I will put 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯat·tî
         I will put 
    
 
        
            רוּחִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רוּחִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rū·ḥî
                
                
                     My Spirit 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wind, breath, mind, spirit <BR> 1a) breath<BR> 1b) wind <BR> 1b1) of heaven <BR> 1b2) quarter (of wind), side <BR> 1b3) breath of air <BR> 1b4) air, gas <BR> 1b5) vain, empty thing <BR> 1c) spirit (as that which breathes quickly in animation or agitation) <BR> 1c1) spirit, animation, vivacity, vigour <BR> 1c2) courage <BR> 1c3) temper, anger <BR> 1c4) impatience, patience <BR> 1c5) spirit, disposition (as troubled, bitter, discontented) <BR> 1c6) disposition (of various kinds), unaccountable or uncontrollable impulse <BR> 1c7) prophetic spirit <BR> 1d) spirit (of the living, breathing being in man and animals) <BR> 1d1) as gift, preserved by God, God's spirit, departing at death, disembodied being <BR> 1e) spirit (as seat of emotion) <BR> 1e1) desire <BR> 1e2) sorrow, trouble <BR> 1f) spirit <BR> 1f1) as seat or organ of mental acts <BR> 1f2) rarely of the will <BR> 1f3) as seat especially of moral character <BR> 1g) Spirit of God, the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal, coeternal with the Father and the Son <BR> 1g1) as inspiring ecstatic state of prophecy <BR> 1g2) as impelling prophet to utter instruction or warning <BR> 1g3) imparting warlike energy and executive and administrative power <BR> 1g4) as endowing men with various gifts <BR> 1g5) as energy of life <BR> 1g6) as manifest in the Shekinah glory <BR> 1g7) never referred to as a depersonalised force 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rū·ḥî
         My Spirit 
    
 
        
            בָכֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָכֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·ḵem
                
                
                     in you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·ḵem
         in you 
    
 
        
            וִחְיִיתֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וִחְיִיתֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wiḥ·yî·ṯem
                
                
                     and you will live , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2421 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to live, have life, remain alive, sustain life, live prosperously, live for ever, be quickened, be alive, be restored to life or health <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to live <BR> 1a1a) to have life <BR> 1a1b) to continue in life, remain alive <BR> 1a1c) to sustain life, to live on or upon <BR> 1a1d) to live (prosperously) <BR> 1a2) to revive, be quickened <BR> 1a2a) from sickness <BR> 1a2b) from discouragement <BR> 1a2c) from faintness <BR> 1a2d) from death <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to preserve alive, let live <BR> 1b2) to give life <BR> 1b3) to quicken, revive, refresh <BR> 1b3a) to restore to life <BR> 1b3b) to cause to grow <BR> 1b3c) to restore <BR> 1b3d) to revive <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to preserve alive, let live <BR> 1c2) to quicken, revive <BR> 1c2a) to restore (to health) <BR> 1c2b) to revive <BR> 1c2c) to restore to life 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wiḥ·yî·ṯem
         and you will live , 
    
 
        
            וְהִנַּחְתִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִנַּחְתִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hin·naḥ·tî
                
                
                     and I will settle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rest <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to rest, settle down and remain <BR> 1a2) to repose, have rest, be quiet <BR> 1b) (Hiph) <BR> 1b1) to cause to rest, give rest to, make quiet <BR> 1b2) to cause to rest, cause to alight, set down <BR> 1b3) to lay or set down, deposit, let lie, place <BR> 1b4) to let remain, leave <BR> 1b5) to leave, depart from <BR> 1b6) to abandon <BR> 1b7) to permit <BR> 1c) (Hoph) <BR> 1c1) to obtain rest, be granted rest <BR> 1c2) to be left, be placed <BR> 1c3) open space (subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hin·naḥ·tî
         and I will settle 
    
 
        
            אֶתְכֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶתְכֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ·ḵem
                
                
                     you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ·ḵem
         you 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     in 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         in 
    
 
        
            אַדְמַתְכֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַדְמַתְכֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aḏ·maṯ·ḵem
                
                
                     your own land . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        127 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ground, land <BR> 1a) ground (as general, tilled, yielding sustenance) <BR> 1b) piece of ground, a specific plot of land <BR> 1c) earth substance (for building or constructing) <BR> 1d) ground as earth's visible surface <BR> 1e) land, territory, country <BR> 1f) whole inhabited earth <BR> 1g) city in Naphtali 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aḏ·maṯ·ḵem
         your own land . 
    
 
        
            וִידַעְתֶּ֞ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וִידַעְתֶּ֞ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wî·ḏa‘·tem
                
                
                     Then you will know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wî·ḏa‘·tem
         Then you will know 
    
 
        
            כִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         that 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I , 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD , 
    
 
        
            דִּבַּ֥רְתִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּבַּ֥רְתִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dib·bar·tî
                
                
                     have spoken , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dib·bar·tî
         have spoken , 
    
 
        
            וְעָשִׂ֖יתִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֖יתִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯî
                
                
                     and I will do it , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯî
         and I will do it , 
    
 
        
            נְאֻם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְאֻם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·’um-
                
                
                     declares 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5002 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) utterance, declaration (of prophet) <BR> 1a) utterance, declaration, revelation (of prophet in ecstatic state) <BR> 1b) utterance, declaration (elsewhere always preceding divine name) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·’um-
         declares 
    
 
        
            יְהוָֽה׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָֽה׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD . ’” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD . ’” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Again the word of the LORD came to me, saying,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            דְבַר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְבַר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏə·ḇar-
                
                
                     Again the word 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1697 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) speech, word, speaking, thing <BR> 1a) speech <BR> 1b) saying, utterance <BR> 1c) word, words <BR> 1d) business, occupation, acts, matter, case, something, manner (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏə·ḇar-
         Again the word 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיְהִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     came 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         came 
    
 
        
            אֵלַ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלַ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lay
                
                
                     to me , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lay
         to me , 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     saying , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         saying , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            “And you, son of man, take a single stick and write on it: ‘Belonging to Judah and to the Israelites associated with him.’ Then take another stick and write on it: ‘Belonging to Joseph—the stick of Ephraim—and to all the house of Israel associated with him.’
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאַתָּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַתָּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’at·tāh
                
                
                     “ And you , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you (second pers. sing. masc.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’at·tāh
         “ And you , 
    
 
        
            בֶן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇen-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇen-
         son 
    
 
        
            אָדָ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָדָ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḏām
                
                
                     of man , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        120 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, mankind <BR> 1a) man, human being <BR> 1b) man, mankind (much more frequently intended sense in OT) <BR> 1c) Adam, first man <BR> 1d) city in Jordan valley 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḏām
         of man , 
    
 
        
            קַח־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַח־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qaḥ-
                
                
                     take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qaḥ-
         take 
    
 
        
            לְךָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְךָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵā
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵā
         
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     a single 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         a single 
    
 
        
            עֵ֣ץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵ֣ץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘êṣ
                
                
                     stick 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree, wood, timber, stock, plank, stalk, stick, gallows <BR> 1a) tree, trees <BR> 1b) wood, pieces of wood, gallows, firewood, cedar-wood, woody flax 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘êṣ
         stick 
    
 
        
            וּכְתֹ֤ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּכְתֹ֤ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḵə·ṯōḇ
                
                
                     and write 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3789 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to write, record, enrol <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to write, inscribe, engrave, write in, write on <BR> 1a2) to write down, describe in writing <BR> 1a3) to register, enrol, record <BR> 1a4) to decree <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be written <BR> 1b2) to be written down, be recorded, be enrolled <BR> 1c) (Piel) to continue writing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḵə·ṯōḇ
         and write 
    
 
        
            עָלָיו֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלָיו֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lāw
                
                
                     on it : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lāw
         on it : 
    
 
        
            לִֽיהוּדָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִֽיהוּדָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî·hū·ḏāh
                
                
                     ‘ Belonging to Judah 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Judah = |praised|<BR> 1) the son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Judah the son of Jacob <BR> 3) the territory occupied by the tribe of Judah <BR> 4) the kingdom comprised of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin which occupied the southern part of Canaan after the nation split upon the death of Solomon <BR> 5) a Levite in Ezra's time <BR> 6) an overseer of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 7) a Levite musician in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 8) a priest in the time of Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî·hū·ḏāh
         ‘ Belonging to Judah 
    
 
        
            וְלִבְנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִבְנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liḇ·nê
                
                
                     and to the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liḇ·nê
         and to the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            חֲבֵרוֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲבֵרוֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·ḇē·rō
                
                
                     associated with him . ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2270 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) united <BR> n m <BR> 2) associate, fellow, worshippers <BR> 3) companion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·ḇē·rō
         associated with him . ’ 
    
 
        
            וּלְקַח֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְקַח֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·qaḥ
                
                
                     Then take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·qaḥ
         Then take 
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     another 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         another 
    
 
        
            עֵ֣ץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵ֣ץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘êṣ
                
                
                     stick 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree, wood, timber, stock, plank, stalk, stick, gallows <BR> 1a) tree, trees <BR> 1b) wood, pieces of wood, gallows, firewood, cedar-wood, woody flax 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘êṣ
         stick 
    
 
        
            וּכְת֣וֹב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּכְת֣וֹב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḵə·ṯō·wḇ
                
                
                     and write 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3789 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to write, record, enrol <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to write, inscribe, engrave, write in, write on <BR> 1a2) to write down, describe in writing <BR> 1a3) to register, enrol, record <BR> 1a4) to decree <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be written <BR> 1b2) to be written down, be recorded, be enrolled <BR> 1c) (Piel) to continue writing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḵə·ṯō·wḇ
         and write 
    
 
        
            עָלָ֗יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלָ֗יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lāw
                
                
                     on it : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lāw
         on it : 
    
 
        
            לְיוֹסֵף֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְיוֹסֵף֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·yō·w·sêp̄
                
                
                     ‘ Belonging to Joseph — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3130 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joseph = |Jehovah has added|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Rachel <BR> 2) father of Igal, who represented the tribe of Issachar among the spies <BR> 3) a son of Asaph <BR> 4) a man who took a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 5) a priest of the family of Shebaniah in the time of Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·yō·w·sêp̄
         ‘ Belonging to Joseph — 
    
 
        
            עֵ֣ץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵ֣ץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘êṣ
                
                
                     the stick 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree, wood, timber, stock, plank, stalk, stick, gallows <BR> 1a) tree, trees <BR> 1b) wood, pieces of wood, gallows, firewood, cedar-wood, woody flax 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘êṣ
         the stick 
    
 
        
            אֶפְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶפְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ep̄·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Ephraim — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        669 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ephraim = |double ash-heap: I shall be doubly fruitful|<BR> 1) second son of Joseph, blessed by him and given preference over first son, Manasseh <BR> 2) the tribe, Ephraim <BR> 3) the mountain country of Ephraim <BR> 4) sometimes used name for the northern kingdom (Hosea or Isaiah) <BR> 5) a city near Baal-hazor <BR> 6) a chief gate of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ep̄·ra·yim
         of Ephraim — 
    
 
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     and to all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         and to all 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֥ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֥ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ
                
                
                     the house 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ
         the house 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel 
    
 
        
            חֲבֵרוֹ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲבֵרוֹ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·ḇē·rō
                
                
                     associated with him . ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2270 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) united <BR> n m <BR> 2) associate, fellow, worshippers <BR> 3) companion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·ḇē·rō
         associated with him . ’ 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then join them together into one stick, so that they become one in your hand.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְקָרַ֨ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקָרַ֨ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qā·raḇ
                
                
                     Then join 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7126 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come near, approach, enter into, draw near <BR> 1a) (Qal) to approach, draw near <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be brought near <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to approach, bring near, cause to draw near <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to bring near, bring, present 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qā·raḇ
         Then join 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֧ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֧ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     together 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         together 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֛ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֛ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְךָ֖ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְךָ֖ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵā
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵā
         
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֑ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֑ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     into one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         into one 
    
 
        
            לְעֵ֣ץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעֵ֣ץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘êṣ
                
                
                     stick , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree, wood, timber, stock, plank, stalk, stick, gallows <BR> 1a) tree, trees <BR> 1b) wood, pieces of wood, gallows, firewood, cedar-wood, woody flax 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘êṣ
         stick , 
    
 
        
            וְהָי֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָי֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yū
                
                
                     so that they become 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yū
         so that they become 
    
 
        
            לַאֲחָדִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַאֲחָדִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·’ă·ḥā·ḏîm
                
                
                     one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Number - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·’ă·ḥā·ḏîm
         one 
    
 
        
            בְּיָדֶֽךָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיָדֶֽךָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yā·ḏe·ḵā
                
                
                     in your hand . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yā·ḏe·ḵā
         in your hand . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            When your people ask you, ‘Won’t you explain to us what you mean by these?’
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְכַֽאֲשֶׁר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכַֽאֲשֶׁר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵa·’ă·šer
                
                
                     When 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵa·’ă·šer
         When 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     your people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         your people 
    
 
        
            עַמְּךָ֖ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַמְּךָ֖ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·mə·ḵā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·mə·ḵā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יֹאמְר֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֹאמְר֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·mə·rū
                
                
                     ask 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·mə·rū
         ask 
    
 
        
            אֵלֶ֔יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלֶ֔יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·le·ḵā
                
                
                     you , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·le·ḵā
         you , 
    
 
        
            הֲלֽוֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲלֽוֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·lō·w-
                
                
                     ‘ Won’t 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·lō·w-
         ‘ Won’t 
    
 
        
            תַגִּ֥יד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַגִּ֥יד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯag·gîḏ
                
                
                     you explain 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be conspicuous, tell, make known <BR> 1a) (Hiphil) to tell, declare <BR> 1a1) to tell, announce, report <BR> 1a2) to declare, make known, expound <BR> 1a3) to inform of <BR> 1a4) to publish, declare, proclaim <BR> 1a5) to avow, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a5a) messenger (participle) <BR> 1b) (Hophal) to be told, be announced, be reported 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯag·gîḏ
         you explain 
    
 
        
            לָ֖נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֖נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·nū
                
                
                     to us 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·nū
         to us 
    
 
        
            מָה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    māh-
                
                
                     what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4100 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        interr pron<BR> 1) what, how, of what kind <BR> 1a) (interrogative) <BR> 1a1) what? <BR> 1a2) of what kind <BR> 1a3) what? (rhetorical) <BR> 1a4) whatsoever, whatever, what <BR> 1b) (adverb) <BR> 1b1) how, how now <BR> 1b2) why <BR> 1b3) how! (exclamation) <BR> 1c) (with prep) <BR> 1c1) wherein?, whereby?, wherewith?, by what means? <BR> 1c2) because of what? <BR> 1c3) the like of what? <BR> 1c3a) how much?, how many?, how often? <BR> 1c3b) for how long? <BR> 1c4) for what reason?, why?, to what purpose? <BR> 1c5) until when?, how long?, upon what?, wherefore? <BR> indef pron <BR> 2) anything, aught, what may 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        māh-
         what 
    
 
        
            לָּֽךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָּֽךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lāḵ
                
                
                     you [mean] by 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lāḵ
         you [mean] by 
    
 
        
            אֵ֥לֶּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֥לֶּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êl·leh
                
                
                     these ? ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êl·leh
         these ? ’ 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            you are to tell them that this is what the Lord GOD says: ‘I will take the stick of Joseph, which is in the hand of Ephraim, and the tribes of Israel associated with him, and I will put them together with the stick of Judah. I will make them into a single stick, and they will become one in My hand.’
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            דַּבֵּ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דַּבֵּ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dab·bêr
                
                
                     you are to tell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dab·bêr
         you are to tell 
    
 
        
            אֲלֵהֶ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲלֵהֶ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·lê·hem
         them 
    
 
        
            כֹּֽה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּֽה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōh-
                
                
                     that this is what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, here, in this manner <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) here, here and there<BR> 1c) until now, until now...until then, meanwhile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōh-
         that this is what 
    
 
        
            אֲדֹנָ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנָ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nāy
                
                
                     the Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) my lord, lord <BR> 1a) of men <BR> 1b) of God <BR> 2) Lord-title, spoken in place of Yahweh in Jewish display of reverence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nāy
         the Lord 
    
 
        
            יְהוִה֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוִה֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     GOD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jehovah-used primarily in the combination 'Lord Jehovah' <BR> 1a) equal to H03068 but pointed with the vowels of H0430 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         GOD 
    
 
        
            הִנֵּה֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנֵּה֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אָמַר֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָמַר֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mar
                
                
                     says : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mar
         says : 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     ‘ I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         ‘ I 
    
 
        
            לֹקֵ֜חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹקֵ֜חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō·qê·aḥ
                
                
                     will take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō·qê·aḥ
         will take 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            עֵ֤ץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵ֤ץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘êṣ
                
                
                     the stick 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree, wood, timber, stock, plank, stalk, stick, gallows <BR> 1a) tree, trees <BR> 1b) wood, pieces of wood, gallows, firewood, cedar-wood, woody flax 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘êṣ
         the stick 
    
 
        
            יוֹסֵף֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יוֹסֵף֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·w·sêp̄
                
                
                     of Joseph , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3130 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joseph = |Jehovah has added|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Rachel <BR> 2) father of Igal, who represented the tribe of Issachar among the spies <BR> 3) a son of Asaph <BR> 4) a man who took a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 5) a priest of the family of Shebaniah in the time of Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·w·sêp̄
         of Joseph , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     which 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         which 
    
 
        
            בְּיַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yaḏ-
                
                
                     is in the hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yaḏ-
         is in the hand 
    
 
        
            אֶפְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶפְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ep̄·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Ephraim , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        669 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ephraim = |double ash-heap: I shall be doubly fruitful|<BR> 1) second son of Joseph, blessed by him and given preference over first son, Manasseh <BR> 2) the tribe, Ephraim <BR> 3) the mountain country of Ephraim <BR> 4) sometimes used name for the northern kingdom (Hosea or Isaiah) <BR> 5) a city near Baal-hazor <BR> 6) a chief gate of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ep̄·ra·yim
         of Ephraim , 
    
 
        
            וְשִׁבְטֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשִׁבְטֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šiḇ·ṭê
                
                
                     and the tribes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7626 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rod, staff, branch, offshoot, club, sceptre, tribe <BR> 1a) rod, staff <BR> 1b) shaft (of spear, dart) <BR> 1c) club (of shepherd's implement) <BR> 1d) truncheon, sceptre (mark of authority) <BR> 1e) clan, tribe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šiḇ·ṭê
         and the tribes 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel 
    
 
        
            חֲבֵרוֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲבֵרוֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·ḇē·rō
                
                
                     associated with him , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2270 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) united <BR> n m <BR> 2) associate, fellow, worshippers <BR> 3) companion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·ḇē·rō
         associated with him , 
    
 
        
            וְנָתַתִּי֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתִּי֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯat·tî
                
                
                     and I will put 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯat·tî
         and I will put 
    
 
        
            אוֹתָ֨ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוֹתָ֨ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·w·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            עָלָ֜יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלָ֜יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lāw
                
                
                     together with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lāw
         together with 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            עֵ֣ץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵ֣ץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘êṣ
                
                
                     the stick 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree, wood, timber, stock, plank, stalk, stick, gallows <BR> 1a) tree, trees <BR> 1b) wood, pieces of wood, gallows, firewood, cedar-wood, woody flax 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘êṣ
         the stick 
    
 
        
            יְהוּדָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוּדָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hū·ḏāh
                
                
                     of Judah . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Judah = |praised|<BR> 1) the son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Judah the son of Jacob <BR> 3) the territory occupied by the tribe of Judah <BR> 4) the kingdom comprised of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin which occupied the southern part of Canaan after the nation split upon the death of Solomon <BR> 5) a Levite in Ezra's time <BR> 6) an overseer of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 7) a Levite musician in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 8) a priest in the time of Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hū·ḏāh
         of Judah . 
    
 
        
            וַֽעֲשִׂיתִם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽעֲשִׂיתִם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·śî·ṯim
                
                
                     I will make them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·śî·ṯim
         I will make them 
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     into a single 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         into a single 
    
 
        
            לְעֵ֣ץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעֵ֣ץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘êṣ
                
                
                     stick , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree, wood, timber, stock, plank, stalk, stick, gallows <BR> 1a) tree, trees <BR> 1b) wood, pieces of wood, gallows, firewood, cedar-wood, woody flax 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘êṣ
         stick , 
    
 
        
            וְהָי֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָי֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yū
                
                
                     and they will become 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yū
         and they will become 
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         one 
    
 
        
            בְּיָדִֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיָדִֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yā·ḏî
                
                
                     in My hand . ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yā·ḏî
         in My hand . ’ 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            When the sticks on which you write are in your hand and in full view of the people,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הָעֵצִ֜ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֵצִ֜ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ê·ṣîm
                
                
                     When the sticks 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree, wood, timber, stock, plank, stalk, stick, gallows <BR> 1a) tree, trees <BR> 1b) wood, pieces of wood, gallows, firewood, cedar-wood, woody flax 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ê·ṣîm
         When the sticks 
    
 
        
            אֲֽשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲֽשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ăšer-
                
                
                     on which 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ăšer-
         on which 
    
 
        
            תִּכְתֹּ֧ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּכְתֹּ֧ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tiḵ·tōḇ
                
                
                     you write 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3789 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to write, record, enrol <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to write, inscribe, engrave, write in, write on <BR> 1a2) to write down, describe in writing <BR> 1a3) to register, enrol, record <BR> 1a4) to decree <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be written <BR> 1b2) to be written down, be recorded, be enrolled <BR> 1c) (Piel) to continue writing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tiḵ·tōḇ
         you write 
    
 
        
            עֲלֵיהֶ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֵיהֶ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lê·hem
         
    
 
        
            וְהָי֨וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָי֨וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yū
                
                
                     are 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yū
         are 
    
 
        
            בְּיָדְךָ֖ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיָדְךָ֖ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yā·ḏə·ḵā
                
                
                     in your hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yā·ḏə·ḵā
         in your hand 
    
 
        
            לְעֵינֵיהֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעֵינֵיהֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘ê·nê·hem
                
                
                     and in full view of the people , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - cdc | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5869 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eye <BR> 1a) eye <BR> 1a1) of physical eye <BR> 1a2) as showing mental qualities <BR> 1a3) of mental and spiritual faculties (fig.) <BR> 2) spring, fountain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘ê·nê·hem
         and in full view of the people , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            you are to tell them that this is what the Lord GOD says: ‘I will take the Israelites out of the nations to which they have gone, and I will gather them from all around and bring them into their own land.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מִבֵּ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִבֵּ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mib·bên
                
                
                     out of 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) between, among, in the midst of (with other preps), from between 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mib·bên
         out of 
    
 
        
            הַגּוֹיִ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגּוֹיִ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     the nations 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gō·w·yim
         the nations 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     to which 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         to which 
    
 
        
            הָֽלְכוּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָֽלְכוּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·lə·ḵū-
                
                
                     they have gone , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·lə·ḵū-
         they have gone , 
    
 
        
            שָׁ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šām
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there, thither <BR> 1a) there <BR> 1b) thither (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) from there, thence <BR> 1d) then (as an adverb of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šām
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְקִבַּצְתִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקִבַּצְתִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qib·baṣ·tî
                
                
                     and I will gather them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6908 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to gather, assemble <BR> 1a) (Qal) to gather, collect, assemble <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to assemble, gather <BR> 1b2) to be gathered <BR> 1c) (Piel) to gather, gather together, take away <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be gathered together <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to gather together, be gathered together 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qib·baṣ·tî
         and I will gather them 
    
 
        
            אֹתָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         from 
    
 
        
            מִסָּבִ֔יב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִסָּבִ֔יב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mis·sā·ḇîḇ
                
                
                     all around 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mis·sā·ḇîḇ
         all around 
    
 
        
            וְהֵבֵאתִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֵבֵאתִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hê·ḇê·ṯî
                
                
                     and bring 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hê·ḇê·ṯî
         and bring 
    
 
        
            אוֹתָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוֹתָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·w·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     into 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         into 
    
 
        
            אַדְמָתָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַדְמָתָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aḏ·mā·ṯām
                
                
                     their own land . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        127 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ground, land <BR> 1a) ground (as general, tilled, yielding sustenance) <BR> 1b) piece of ground, a specific plot of land <BR> 1c) earth substance (for building or constructing) <BR> 1d) ground as earth's visible surface <BR> 1e) land, territory, country <BR> 1f) whole inhabited earth <BR> 1g) city in Naphtali 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aḏ·mā·ṯām
         their own land . 
    
 
        
            וְדַבֵּ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדַבֵּ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏab·bêr
                
                
                     you are to tell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏab·bêr
         you are to tell 
    
 
        
            אֲלֵיהֶ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲלֵיהֶ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·lê·hem
         them 
    
 
        
            כֹּֽה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּֽה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōh-
                
                
                     that this is what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, here, in this manner <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) here, here and there<BR> 1c) until now, until now...until then, meanwhile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōh-
         that this is what 
    
 
        
            אֲדֹנָ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנָ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nāy
                
                
                     the Lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) my lord, lord <BR> 1a) of men <BR> 1b) of God <BR> 2) Lord-title, spoken in place of Yahweh in Jewish display of reverence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nāy
         the Lord 
    
 
        
            יְהוִה֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוִה֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     GOD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) Jehovah-used primarily in the combination 'Lord Jehovah' <BR> 1a) equal to H03068 but pointed with the vowels of H0430 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         GOD 
    
 
        
            הִנֵּ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנֵּ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אָמַר֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָמַר֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mar
                
                
                     says : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mar
         says : 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     ‘ I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         ‘ I 
    
 
        
            לֹקֵ֙חַ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹקֵ֙חַ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō·qê·aḥ
                
                
                     will take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō·qê·aḥ
         will take 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I will make them one nation in the land, on the mountains of Israel, and one king will rule over all of them. Then they will no longer be two nations and will never again be divided into two kingdoms.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָשִׂ֣יתִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֣יתִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯî
                
                
                     I will make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯî
         I will make 
    
 
        
            אֹ֠תָם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹ֠תָם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֤ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֤ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         one 
    
 
        
            לְג֨וֹי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְג֨וֹי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḡō·w
                
                
                     nation 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḡō·w
         nation 
    
 
        
            בָּאָ֙רֶץ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּאָ֙רֶץ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     in the land , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·’ā·reṣ
         in the land , 
    
 
        
            בְּהָרֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּהָרֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·hā·rê
                
                
                     on the mountains 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2022 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hill, mountain, hill country, mount 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·hā·rê
         on the mountains 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel , 
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֛ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֛ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     and one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         and one 
    
 
        
            וּמֶ֧לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמֶ֧לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·me·leḵ
                
                
                     king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·me·leḵ
         king 
    
 
        
            יִֽהְיֶ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִֽהְיֶ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh
                
                
                     will rule over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh
         will rule over 
    
 
        
            לְמֶ֑לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמֶ֑לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·me·leḵ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·me·leḵ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְכֻלָּ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכֻלָּ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵul·lām
                
                
                     all of them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵul·lām
         all of them . 
    
 
        
            וְלֹ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō
                
                
                     Then they will no 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō
         Then they will no 
    
 
        
            עוֹד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עוֹד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wḏ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5750 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) a going round, continuance <BR> adv <BR> 2) still, yet, again, besides <BR> 2a) still, yet (of continuance or persistence) <BR> 2b) still, yet, more (of addition or repetition) <BR> 2c) again <BR> 2d) still, moreover, besides 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wḏ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            ע֛וֹד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ע֛וֹד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wḏ
                
                
                     longer 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5750 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) a going round, continuance <BR> adv <BR> 2) still, yet, again, besides <BR> 2a) still, yet (of continuance or persistence) <BR> 2b) still, yet, more (of addition or repetition) <BR> 2c) again <BR> 2d) still, moreover, besides 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wḏ
         longer 
    
 
        
            יִהְיֶה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִהְיֶה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yɛh
                
                
                     be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yɛh
         be 
    
 
        
            לִשְׁנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִשְׁנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liš·nê
                
                
                     two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Number - masculine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liš·nê
         two 
    
 
        
            גוֹיִ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גוֹיִ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡō·w·yim
                
                
                     nations 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡō·w·yim
         nations 
    
 
        
            וְלֹ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō
                
                
                     and will never 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō
         and will never 
    
 
        
            עֽוֹד׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֽוֹד׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wḏ
                
                
                     again 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5750 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) a going round, continuance <BR> adv <BR> 2) still, yet, again, besides <BR> 2a) still, yet (of continuance or persistence) <BR> 2b) still, yet, more (of addition or repetition) <BR> 2c) again <BR> 2d) still, moreover, besides 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wḏ
         again 
    
 
        
            יֵחָ֥צוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֵחָ֥צוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yê·ḥā·ṣū
                
                
                     be divided 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2673 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to divide, cut in two, cut short, live half (of one's life) <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to divide <BR> 1a2) to half, cut in two <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be divided 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yê·ḥā·ṣū
         be divided 
    
 
        
            לִשְׁתֵּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִשְׁתֵּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liš·tê
                
                
                     into two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liš·tê
         into two 
    
 
        
            מַמְלָכ֖וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַמְלָכ֖וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mam·lā·ḵō·wṯ
                
                
                     kingdoms . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4467 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kingdom, dominion, reign, sovereignty <BR> 1a) kingdom, realm <BR> 1b) sovereignty, dominion <BR> 1c) reign 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mam·lā·ḵō·wṯ
         kingdoms . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            They will no longer defile themselves with their idols or detestable images, or with any of their transgressions. I will save them from all their apostasies by which they sinned, and I will cleanse them. Then they will be My people, and I will be their God.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלֹ֧א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹ֧א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō
                
                
                     They will no 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō
         They will no 
    
 
        
            ע֗וֹד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ע֗וֹד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wḏ
                
                
                     longer 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5750 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) a going round, continuance <BR> adv <BR> 2) still, yet, again, besides <BR> 2a) still, yet (of continuance or persistence) <BR> 2b) still, yet, more (of addition or repetition) <BR> 2c) again <BR> 2d) still, moreover, besides 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wḏ
         longer 
    
 
        
            יִֽטַמְּא֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִֽטַמְּא֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yi·ṭam·mə·’ū
                
                
                     defile themselves 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2930 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be unclean, become unclean, become impure <BR> 1a) (Qal) to be or become unclean <BR> 1a1) sexually <BR> 1a2) religiously <BR> 1a3) ceremonially <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to defile oneself, be defiled <BR> 1b1a) sexually <BR> 1b1b) by idolatry <BR> 1b1c) ceremonially <BR> 1b2) to be regarded as unclean <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to defile <BR> 1c1a) sexually <BR> 1c1b) religiously <BR> 1c1c) ceremonially <BR> 1c2) to pronounce unclean, declare unclean (ceremonially) <BR> 1c3) to profane (God's name) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be defiled <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to be unclean <BR> 1f) (Hothpael) to be defiled 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yi·ṭam·mə·’ū
         defile themselves 
    
 
        
            בְּגִלּֽוּלֵיהֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּגִלּֽוּלֵיהֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḡil·lū·lê·hem
                
                
                     with their idols 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1544 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) idols 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḡil·lū·lê·hem
         with their idols 
    
 
        
            וּבְשִׁקּ֣וּצֵיהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְשִׁקּ֣וּצֵיהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·šiq·qū·ṣê·hem
                
                
                     or detestable images , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8251 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) detestable thing or idol, abominable thing, abomination, idol, detested thing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·šiq·qū·ṣê·hem
         or detestable images , 
    
 
        
            וּבְכֹ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְכֹ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·ḵōl
                
                
                     or with any 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·ḵōl
         or with any 
    
 
        
            פִּשְׁעֵיהֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִּשְׁעֵיהֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    piš·‘ê·hem
                
                
                     of their transgressions . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) transgression, rebellion <BR> 1a1) transgression (against individuals) <BR> 1a2) transgression (nation against nation)<BR> 1a3) transgression (against God) <BR> 1a3a) in general <BR> 1a3b) as recognised by sinner <BR> 1a3c) as God deals with it <BR> 1a3d) as God forgives <BR> 1a4) guilt of transgression <BR> 1a5) punishment for transgression <BR> 1a6) offering for transgression 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        piš·‘ê·hem
         of their transgressions . 
    
 
        
            וְהוֹשַׁעְתִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהוֹשַׁעְתִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hō·wō·ša‘·tî
                
                
                     I will save 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3467 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to save, be saved, be delivered <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to be liberated, be saved, be delivered <BR> 1a2) to be saved (in battle), be victorious <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to save, deliver <BR> 1b2) to save from moral troubles <BR> 1b3) to give victory to 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hō·wō·ša‘·tî
         I will save 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            מִכֹּ֤ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִכֹּ֤ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mik·kōl
                
                
                     from all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mik·kōl
         from all 
    
 
        
            מוֹשְׁבֹֽתֵיהֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹשְׁבֹֽתֵיהֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·wō·šə·ḇō·ṯê·hem
                
                
                     their apostasies 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4186 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seat, assembly, dwelling-place, dwelling, dwellers <BR> 1a) seat, sitting, those sitting, sitting company or assembly <BR> 1b) dwelling place, dwelling <BR> 1c) situation, location <BR> 1d) time of dwelling <BR> 1e) those dwelling, dweller 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·wō·šə·ḇō·ṯê·hem
         their apostasies 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     by which 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         by which 
    
 
        
            חָטְא֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָטְא֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·ṭə·’ū
                
                
                     they sinned , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2398 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to sin, miss, miss the way, go wrong, incur guilt, forfeit, purify from uncleanness <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to miss <BR> 1a2) to sin, miss the goal or path of right and duty <BR> 1a3) to incur guilt, incur penalty by sin, forfeit <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to bear loss <BR> 1b2) to make a sin-offering <BR> 1b3) to purify from sin <BR> 1b4) to purify from uncleanness <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to miss the mark <BR> 1c2) to induce to sin, cause to sin <BR> 1c3) to bring into guilt or condemnation or punishment <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to miss oneself, lose oneself, wander from the way <BR> 1d2) to purify oneself from uncleanness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·ṭə·’ū
         they sinned , 
    
 
        
            בָהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·hem
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·hem
         
    
 
        
            וְטִהַרְתִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְטִהַרְתִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṭi·har·tî
                
                
                     and I will cleanse them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2891 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be clean, be pure <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be clean (physically-of disease) <BR> 1a2) to be clean ceremonially <BR> 1a3) to purify, be clean morally, made clean <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to cleanse, purify <BR> 1b1a) physically <BR> 1b1b) ceremonially <BR> 1b1c) morally <BR> 1b2) to pronounce clean <BR> 1b3) to perform the ceremony of cleansing <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be cleansed, be pronounced clean <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to purify oneself <BR> 1d1a) ceremonially <BR> 1d1b) morally <BR> 1d2) to present oneself for purification 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṭi·har·tî
         and I will cleanse them . 
    
 
        
            אוֹתָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוֹתָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·w·ṯām
         - 
    
 
        
            וְהָיוּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיוּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yū-
                
                
                     Then they will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yū-
         Then they will be 
    
 
        
            לִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     My 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         My 
    
 
        
            לְעָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘ām
                
                
                     people , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘ām
         people , 
    
 
        
            וַאֲנִ֕י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲנִ֕י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·nî
                
                
                     and I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·nî
         and I 
    
 
        
            אֶהְיֶ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶהְיֶ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eh·yeh
                
                
                     will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eh·yeh
         will be 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     their 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         their 
    
 
        
            לֵאלֹהִֽים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאלֹהִֽים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·lō·hîm
                
                
                     God . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·lō·hîm
         God . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            My servant David will be king over them, and there will be one shepherd for all of them. They will follow My ordinances and keep and observe My statutes.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעַבְדִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַבְדִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘aḇ·dî
                
                
                     My servant 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) slave, servant <BR> 1a) slave, servant, man-servant <BR> 1b) subjects <BR> 1c) servants, worshippers (of God) <BR> 1d) servant (in special sense as prophets, Levites etc) <BR> 1e) servant (of Israel) <BR> 1f) servant (as form of address between equals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘aḇ·dî
         My servant 
    
 
        
            דָוִד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָוִד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏā·wiḏ
                
                
                     David 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1732 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        David = |beloved|<BR> 1) youngest son of Jesse and second king of Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏā·wiḏ
         David 
    
 
        
            מֶ֣לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶ֣לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ
                
                
                     will be king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ
         will be king 
    
 
        
            עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     over them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lê·hem
         over them , 
    
 
        
            יִהְיֶ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִהְיֶ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh
                
                
                     and there will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh
         and there will be 
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         one 
    
 
        
            וְרוֹעֶ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרוֹעֶ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·rō·w·‘eh
                
                
                     shepherd 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7462 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pasture, tend, graze, feed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to tend, pasture <BR> 1a1a) to shepherd <BR> 1a1b) of ruler, teacher (fig) <BR> 1a1c) of people as flock (fig) <BR> 1a1d) shepherd, herdsman (subst) <BR> 1a2) to feed, graze <BR> 1a2a) of cows, sheep etc (literal) <BR> 1a2b) of idolater, Israel as flock (fig) <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) shepherd, shepherdess <BR> 2) to associate with, be a friend of (meaning probable) <BR> 2a) (Qal) to associate with <BR> 2b) (Hithpael) to be companions <BR> 3) (Piel) to be a special friend 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·rō·w·‘eh
         shepherd 
    
 
        
            לְכֻלָּ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכֻלָּ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵul·lām
                
                
                     for all of them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵul·lām
         for all of them . 
    
 
        
            יֵלֵ֔כוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֵלֵ֔כוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yê·lê·ḵū
                
                
                     They will follow 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yê·lê·ḵū
         They will follow 
    
 
        
            וּבְמִשְׁפָּטַ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְמִשְׁפָּטַ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·miš·pā·ṭay
                
                
                     My ordinances 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4941 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment, justice, ordinance <BR> 1a) judgment <BR> 1a1) act of deciding a case <BR> 1a2) place, court, seat of judgment <BR> 1a3) process, procedure, litigation (before judges) <BR> 1a4) case, cause (presented for judgment) <BR> 1a5) sentence, decision (of judgment) <BR> 1a6) execution (of judgment) <BR> 1a7) time (of judgment) <BR> 1b) justice, right, rectitude (attributes of God or man) <BR> 1c) ordinance <BR> 1d) decision (in law) <BR> 1e) right, privilege, due (legal) <BR> 1f) proper, fitting, measure, fitness, custom, manner, plan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·miš·pā·ṭay
         My ordinances 
    
 
        
            יִשְׁמְר֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׁמְר֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiš·mə·rū
                
                
                     and keep 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8104 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to keep, guard, observe, give heed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to keep, have charge of <BR> 1a2) to keep, guard, keep watch and ward, protect, save life <BR> 1a2a) watch, watchman (participle) <BR> 1a3) to watch for, wait for <BR> 1a4) to watch, observe <BR> 1a5) to keep, retain, treasure up (in memory) <BR> 1a6) to keep (within bounds), restrain <BR> 1a7) to observe, celebrate, keep (sabbath or covenant or commands), perform (vow) <BR> 1a8) to keep, preserve, protect <BR> 1a9) to keep, reserve <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be on one's guard, take heed, take care, beware <BR> 1b2) to keep oneself, refrain, abstain <BR> 1b3) to be kept, be guarded <BR> 1c) (Piel) to keep, pay heed <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to keep oneself from 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiš·mə·rū
         and keep 
    
 
        
            וְעָשׂ֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשׂ֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śū
                
                
                     and observe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śū
         and observe 
    
 
        
            וְחֻקֹּתַ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחֻקֹּתַ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥuq·qō·ṯay
                
                
                     My statutes . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2708 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) statute, ordinance, limit, enactment, something prescribed <BR> 1a) statute 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥuq·qō·ṯay
         My statutes . 
    
 
        
            אוֹתָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוֹתָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·w·ṯām
         - 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            They will live in the land that I gave to My servant Jacob, where your fathers lived. They will live there forever with their children and grandchildren, and My servant David will be their prince forever.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְיָשְׁב֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָשְׁב֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·šə·ḇū
                
                
                     They will live 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·šə·ḇū
         They will live 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     in 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         in 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֗רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֗רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the land 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            נָתַ֙תִּי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָתַ֙תִּי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ṯat·tî
                
                
                     I gave 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ṯat·tî
         I gave 
    
 
        
            לְעַבְדִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעַבְדִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘aḇ·dî
                
                
                     to My servant 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) slave, servant <BR> 1a) slave, servant, man-servant <BR> 1b) subjects <BR> 1c) servants, worshippers (of God) <BR> 1d) servant (in special sense as prophets, Levites etc) <BR> 1e) servant (of Israel) <BR> 1f) servant (as form of address between equals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘aḇ·dî
         to My servant 
    
 
        
            לְיַֽעֲקֹ֔ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְיַֽעֲקֹ֔ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ya·‘ă·qōḇ
                
                
                     Jacob , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3290 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jacob = |heel holder| or |supplanter|<BR> 1) son of Isaac, grandson of Abraham, and father of the 12 patriarchs of the tribes of Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ya·‘ă·qōḇ
         Jacob , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     where 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         where 
    
 
        
            אֲבֽוֹתֵיכֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲבֽוֹתֵיכֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇō·w·ṯê·ḵem
                
                
                     your fathers 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father of an individual <BR> 2) of God as father of his people <BR> 3) head or founder of a household, group, family, or clan <BR> 4) ancestor <BR> 4a) grandfather, forefathers -- of person <BR> 4b) of people <BR> 5) originator or patron of a class, profession, or art <BR> 6) of producer, generator (fig.) <BR> 7) of benevolence and protection (fig.) <BR> 8) term of respect and honour <BR> 9) ruler or chief (spec.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇō·w·ṯê·ḵem
         your fathers 
    
 
        
            יָֽשְׁבוּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָֽשְׁבוּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·šə·ḇū-
                
                
                     lived 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·šə·ḇū-
         lived 
    
 
        
            בָ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇāh
                
                
                     . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇāh
         . 
    
 
        
            וְיָשְׁב֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָשְׁב֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·šə·ḇū
                
                
                     They will live 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·šə·ḇū
         They will live 
    
 
        
            עָלֶ֡יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלֶ֡יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·le·hā
                
                
                     there 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·le·hā
         there 
    
 
        
            הֵ֠מָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵ֠מָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hêm·māh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) they, these, the same, who 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hêm·māh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     forever 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         forever 
    
 
        
            עוֹלָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עוֹלָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·w·lām
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5769 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) long duration, antiquity, futurity, for ever, ever, everlasting, evermore, perpetual, old, ancient, world <BR> 1a) ancient time, long time (of past) <BR> 1b) (of future) <BR> 1b1) for ever, always <BR> 1b2) continuous existence, perpetual <BR> 1b3) everlasting, indefinite or unending future, eternity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·w·lām
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וּבְנֵיהֶ֞ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנֵיהֶ֞ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nê·hem
                
                
                     with their children 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nê·hem
         with their children 
    
 
        
            וּבְנֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nê
                
                
                     and grandchildren 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nê
         and grandchildren 
    
 
        
            בְנֵיהֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵיהֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê·hem
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê·hem
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            עַבְדִּ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַבְדִּ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḇ·dî
                
                
                     and My servant 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) slave, servant <BR> 1a) slave, servant, man-servant <BR> 1b) subjects <BR> 1c) servants, worshippers (of God) <BR> 1d) servant (in special sense as prophets, Levites etc) <BR> 1e) servant (of Israel) <BR> 1f) servant (as form of address between equals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḇ·dî
         and My servant 
    
 
        
            וְדָוִ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדָוִ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏā·wiḏ
                
                
                     David 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1732 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        David = |beloved|<BR> 1) youngest son of Jesse and second king of Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏā·wiḏ
         David 
    
 
        
            נָשִׂ֥יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָשִׂ֥יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·śî
                
                
                     will be their prince 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5387 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one lifted up, chief, prince, captain, leader <BR> 2) rising mist, vapour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·śî
         will be their prince 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         
    
 
        
            לְעוֹלָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעוֹלָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘ō·w·lām
                
                
                     forever . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5769 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) long duration, antiquity, futurity, for ever, ever, everlasting, evermore, perpetual, old, ancient, world <BR> 1a) ancient time, long time (of past) <BR> 1b) (of future) <BR> 1b1) for ever, always <BR> 1b2) continuous existence, perpetual <BR> 1b3) everlasting, indefinite or unending future, eternity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘ō·w·lām
         forever . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And I will make a covenant of peace with them; it will be an everlasting covenant. I will establish them and multiply them, and I will set My sanctuary among them forever.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְכָרַתִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָרַתִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵā·rat·tî
                
                
                     And I will make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cut, cut off, cut down, cut off a body part, cut out, eliminate, kill, cut a covenant <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to cut off <BR> 1a1a) to cut off a body part, behead <BR> 1a2) to cut down <BR> 1a3) to hew <BR> 1a4) to cut or make a covenant <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be cut off <BR> 1b2) to be cut down <BR> 1b3) to be chewed <BR> 1b4) to be cut off, fail <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be cut off <BR> 1c2) to be cut down <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cut off <BR> 1d2) to cut off, destroy <BR> 1d3) to cut down, destroy <BR> 1d4) to take away <BR> 1d5) to permit to perish <BR> 1e) (Hophal) cut off 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵā·rat·tî
         And I will make 
    
 
        
            בְּרִ֣ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּרִ֣ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·rîṯ
                
                
                     a covenant 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1285 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) covenant, alliance, pledge <BR> 1a) between men <BR> 1a1) treaty, alliance, league (man to man) <BR> 1a2) constitution, ordinance (monarch to subjects) <BR> 1a3) agreement, pledge (man to man) <BR> 1a4) alliance (of friendship) <BR> 1a5) alliance (of marriage) <BR> 1b) between God and man <BR> 1b1) alliance (of friendship) <BR> 1b2) covenant (divine ordinance with signs or pledges) <BR> 2) (phrases) <BR> 2a) covenant making <BR> 2b) covenant keeping <BR> 2c) covenant violation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·rîṯ
         a covenant 
    
 
        
            שָׁל֔וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁל֔וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·lō·wm
                
                
                     of peace 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7965 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) completeness, soundness, welfare, peace <BR> 1a) completeness (in number) <BR> 1b) safety, soundness (in body) <BR> 1c) welfare, health, prosperity <BR> 1d) peace, quiet, tranquillity, contentment <BR> 1e) peace, friendship <BR> 1e1) of human relationships <BR> 1e2) with God especially in covenant relationship <BR> 1f) peace (from war) <BR> 1g) peace (as adjective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·lō·wm
         of peace 
    
 
        
            לָהֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     with them ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         with them ; 
    
 
        
            יִהְיֶ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִהְיֶ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh
                
                
                     it will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh
         it will be 
    
 
        
            אוֹתָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוֹתָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·w·ṯām
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עוֹלָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עוֹלָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·w·lām
                
                
                     an everlasting 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5769 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) long duration, antiquity, futurity, for ever, ever, everlasting, evermore, perpetual, old, ancient, world <BR> 1a) ancient time, long time (of past) <BR> 1b) (of future) <BR> 1b1) for ever, always <BR> 1b2) continuous existence, perpetual <BR> 1b3) everlasting, indefinite or unending future, eternity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·w·lām
         an everlasting 
    
 
        
            בְּרִ֥ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּרִ֥ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·rîṯ
                
                
                     covenant . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1285 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) covenant, alliance, pledge <BR> 1a) between men <BR> 1a1) treaty, alliance, league (man to man) <BR> 1a2) constitution, ordinance (monarch to subjects) <BR> 1a3) agreement, pledge (man to man) <BR> 1a4) alliance (of friendship) <BR> 1a5) alliance (of marriage) <BR> 1b) between God and man <BR> 1b1) alliance (of friendship) <BR> 1b2) covenant (divine ordinance with signs or pledges) <BR> 2) (phrases) <BR> 2a) covenant making <BR> 2b) covenant keeping <BR> 2c) covenant violation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·rîṯ
         covenant . 
    
 
        
            וּנְתַתִּים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּנְתַתִּים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·nə·ṯat·tîm
                
                
                     I will establish them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·nə·ṯat·tîm
         I will establish them 
    
 
        
            וְהִרְבֵּיתִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִרְבֵּיתִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hir·bê·ṯî
                
                
                     and multiply 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7235 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) be or become great, be or become many, be or become much, be or become numerous <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to become many, become numerous, multiply (of people, animals, things) <BR> 1a2) to be or grow great <BR> 1b) (Piel) to make large, enlarge, increase, become many <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make much, make many, have many <BR> 1c1a) to multiply, increase <BR> 1c1b) to make much to do, do much in respect of, transgress greatly <BR> 1c1c) to increase greatly or exceedingly <BR> 1c2) to make great, enlarge, do much <BR> 2) (Qal) to shoot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hir·bê·ṯî
         and multiply 
    
 
        
            אוֹתָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוֹתָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·w·ṯām
         them , 
    
 
        
            וְנָתַתִּ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתִּ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯat·tî
                
                
                     and I will set 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯat·tî
         and I will set 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִקְדָּשִׁ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקְדָּשִׁ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·dā·šî
                
                
                     My sanctuary 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4720 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sacred place, sanctuary, holy place <BR> 1a) sanctuary <BR> 1a1) of the temple <BR> 1a2) of the tabernacle <BR> 1a3) of Ezekiel's temple <BR> 1a4) of Jehovah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·dā·šî
         My sanctuary 
    
 
        
            בְּתוֹכָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּתוֹכָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·w·ḵām
                
                
                     among them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·w·ḵām
         among them 
    
 
        
            לְעוֹלָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעוֹלָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘ō·w·lām
                
                
                     forever . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5769 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) long duration, antiquity, futurity, for ever, ever, everlasting, evermore, perpetual, old, ancient, world <BR> 1a) ancient time, long time (of past) <BR> 1b) (of future) <BR> 1b1) for ever, always <BR> 1b2) continuous existence, perpetual <BR> 1b3) everlasting, indefinite or unending future, eternity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘ō·w·lām
         forever . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            My dwelling place will be with them; I will be their God, and they will be My people.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מִשְׁכָּנִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁכָּנִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·kā·nî
                
                
                     My dwelling place 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4908 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dwelling place, tabernacle <BR> 1a) dwelling-place <BR> 1b) dwellings 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·kā·nî
         My dwelling place 
    
 
        
            וְהָיָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         will be 
    
 
        
            עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     with them ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lê·hem
         with them ; 
    
 
        
            וְהָיִ֥יתִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיִ֥יתִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yî·ṯî
                
                
                     I will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yî·ṯî
         I will be 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     their 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         their 
    
 
        
            לֵֽאלֹהִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵֽאלֹהִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·lō·hîm
                
                
                     God , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·lō·hîm
         God , 
    
 
        
            וְהֵ֖מָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֵ֖מָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hêm·māh
                
                
                     and they 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) they, these, the same, who 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hêm·māh
         and they 
    
 
        
            יִֽהְיוּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִֽהְיוּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yū-
                
                
                     will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yū-
         will be 
    
 
        
            לִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     My 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         My 
    
 
        
            לְעָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘ām
                
                
                     people . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘ām
         people . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the nations will know that I the LORD sanctify Israel, when My sanctuary is among them forever.’”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַגּוֹיִ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגּוֹיִ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     Then the nations 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gō·w·yim
         Then the nations 
    
 
        
            וְיָֽדְעוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָֽדְעוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
                
                
                     will know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
         will know 
    
 
        
            כִּ֚י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֚י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         that 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            מְקַדֵּ֖שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְקַדֵּ֖שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·qad·dêš
                
                
                     sanctify 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to consecrate, sanctify, prepare, dedicate, be hallowed, be holy, be sanctified, be separate <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be set apart, be consecrated <BR> 1a2) to be hallowed <BR> 1a3) consecrated, tabooed <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to show oneself sacred or majestic <BR> 1b2) to be honoured, be treated as sacred <BR> 1b3) to be holy <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to set apart as sacred, consecrate, dedicate <BR> 1c2) to observe as holy, keep sacred <BR> 1c3) to honour as sacred, hallow <BR> 1c4) to consecrate <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be consecrated <BR> 1d2) consecrated, dedicated <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to set apart, devote, consecrate <BR> 1e2) to regard or treat as sacred or hallow <BR> 1e3) to consecrate <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to keep oneself apart or separate <BR> 1f2) to cause Himself to be hallowed (of God) <BR> 1f3) to be observed as holy <BR> 1f4) to consecrate oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·qad·dêš
         sanctify 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     Israel , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         Israel , 
    
 
        
            מִקְדָּשִׁ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקְדָּשִׁ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·dā·šî
                
                
                     when My sanctuary 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4720 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sacred place, sanctuary, holy place <BR> 1a) sanctuary <BR> 1a1) of the temple <BR> 1a2) of the tabernacle <BR> 1a3) of Ezekiel's temple <BR> 1a4) of Jehovah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·dā·šî
         when My sanctuary 
    
 
        
            בִּהְי֧וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּהְי֧וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bih·yō·wṯ
                
                
                     is 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bih·yō·wṯ
         is 
    
 
        
            בְּתוֹכָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּתוֹכָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·w·ḵām
                
                
                     among them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·w·ḵām
         among them 
    
 
        
            לְעוֹלָֽם׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעוֹלָֽם׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘ō·w·lām
                
                
                     forever . ’” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5769 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) long duration, antiquity, futurity, for ever, ever, everlasting, evermore, perpetual, old, ancient, world <BR> 1a) ancient time, long time (of past) <BR> 1b) (of future) <BR> 1b1) for ever, always <BR> 1b2) continuous existence, perpetual <BR> 1b3) everlasting, indefinite or unending future, eternity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘ō·w·lām
         forever . ’”